xerox coax/twinax (XCTO) programmer reference manual

r XEROX
Xerox Coax/Twinax (XCTO)
Programmer Reference
720P40070
June 1992
Rank Xerox Limited
Parkway
Marlow
Buckinghamshire S17 1YL
England
© 1992 by Rank Xerox Limited. All rights reserved.
Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of
copyrightable material and information now allowed by statutory
or judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation,
material generated from the software programs which are
displayed on the screen such as styles, templates, icons, screen
displays, looks, etc.
Printed in the EEC
Xerox®, Rank Xerox®, 4213 and all Xerox products mentioned in
this publication are trademarks of Xerox Corporation and Rank
Xerox Limited.
Other company trademarks are also
acknowledge.
Changes are periodically made to this document.
updates will be included in subsequent editions.
Technical
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Notice
This manual applies to the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO)
when it is installed on the Xerox 4213 Laser Printer.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
iii
Table of contents
1. Introduction
1–1
European EME regulations
1–2
Laser safety
1–2
How to use the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO) Programmer Reference
1–2
Conventions used in this manual
1–3
Related publications
1–5
Hosts supported
1–5
Coax hosts
1–6
Twinax hosts
1–6
Emulated printers
1–6
Coax printers
1–6
IBM 3268
1–7
IBM 3262
1–7
IBM 3287
1–7
IBM 3812/3816
1–8
IBM 4245
1–8
IBM 6262
1–8
Xerox 4045 Model 20
1–9
Limitations
1–9
Twinax printers
1–9
IBM 5219
1–10
IBM 5224
1–10
IBM 5225
1–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IBM 5256
1–11
IBM 3812/3816
1–11
IBM 4245
1–11
IBM 5262
1–12
IBM 6262
1–12
Limitations
1–12
Configuration
1–13
2. Datastream commands
2–1
3270/DSC/DSE control codes
2–2
Command summary
2–2
Comparison of DSC/DSE commands (coax)
2–3
Carriage Return (CR)
2–4
End of Message (EM)
2–4
Form Feed (FF)
2–4
New Line (NL)
2–5
Null (NUL)
2–5
Stop (STOP)
2–5
X'06' and X'07' codes
2–6
SCS and DCA datastream commands
2–6
Command format
2–6
Command summary
2–9
Comparison tables
Comparison of SCS commands (coax)
2–15
Comparison of SCS commands (twinax)
2–18
Comparison of DCA commands
2–20
Command description
Absolute Horizontal Presentation Position (AHPP)
(twinax only)
vi
2–15
2–23
2–23
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Absolute Vertical Presentation Position (AVPP)
(twinax only)
2–24
Back Space (BS)
2–25
Begin Emphasis (BE) (twinax only)
2–25
Begin Overstrike (BOS) (twinax only)
2–26
Begin Underscore (BUS) (twinax only)
2–28
Bell (BEL)
2–30
Carriage Return (CR)
2–30
Eight Ones (EO)
2–30
Enable Presentation (ENP) (coax only)
2–31
End Emphasis (EE) (twinax only)
2–31
End Overstrike (EOS) (twinax only)
2–32
End Underscore (EUS) (twinax only)
2–33
Escape (ESC) (4045 Model 20 emulation only)
2–33
Expanded Space—Numeric Space (NSP) (twinax only)
2-34
Form Feed (FF)
2–34
Graphic Escape (GE) (coax only)
2–34
Horizontal Tab (HT)
2–35
Indent Tab (IT) (twinax only)
2–35
Index Return (IRT) (twinax only)
2–36
Inhibit Presentation (INP) (coax only)
2–36
Interchange Record Separator (IRS)
2–37
Justify Text Field (JTF) (twinax only)
2–37
Line Feed (LF)
2–39
Load Alternate Characters (LAC) (twinax only)
2–39
New Line (NL)
2–40
Null
2–41
Numeric Backspace (NBS) (twinax only)
2–41
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
viii
Page Presentation Media (PPM) (coax only)
2–42
Page Presentation Media (PPM) (twinax only)
2–44
Relative Horizontal Presentation Position (RHPP)
(twinax only)
2–45
Relative Vertical Presentation Position (RVPP)
(twinax only)
2–46
Release Left Margin (RLM) (twinax only)
2–47
Repeat (RPT) (twinax only)
2–47
Required Form Feed (RFF) (twinax only)
2–48
Required New Line (RNL) (twinax only)
2–48
Required Space (RSP)
2–48
Set Attribute (SA) (coax only)
2–49
Set Character Density (SCD) (twinax only)
2–50
Set Coded Graphic Character Set Through Local ID
(SCGL) (twinax only)
2–51
Set Exception Action (SEA) (twinax only)
2–52
Set FID Through GFID (SFG) (twinax only)
2–55
Set GCGID Through GCID (SCG) (twinax only)
2–56
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA) (coax only)
2–57
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA) (twinax only)
2–58
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) (coax only)
2–59
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) (twinax only)
2–61
Set Horizontal Margins (SHM) (twinax only)
2–62
Set Horizontal Tab (STAB) (twinax only)
2–63
Set Indent Level (SIL) (twinax only)
2–65
Set Initial Conditions (SIC) (twinax only)
2–65
Set Justify Mode (SJM) (twinax only)
2–68
Set Line Density (SLD) (coax only)
2–70
Set Line Density (SLD) (twinax only)
2–71
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Set Line Spacing (SLS) (twinax only)
2–72
Set Presentation Page Size (SPPS) (twinax only)
2–73
Set Print Density (SPD) (coax only)
2–74
Set Printer Set Up (SPSU) (twinax only)
2–75
Set Single Line Distance (SSLD) (twinax only)
2–76
Set Text Orientation (STO) (coax only)
2–77
Set Text Orientation (STO) (twinax only)
2–78
Set Vertical Format (SVF) (coax only)
2–79
Set Vertical Format (SVF) (twinax only)
2–81
Set Vertical Margins (SVM) (twinax only)
2–82
Space (SP)
2–83
Subscript (SBS) (twinax only)
2–83
Substitute (SUB) (twinax only)
2–84
Superscript (SPS) (twinax only)
2–84
Switch (SW) (twinax only)
2–85
Transparent (TRN)
2–85
Underscore (US)
2–85
Unit Backspace (UBS) (twinax only)
2–86
Vertical Channel Select (VCS) (coax only)
2–86
Vertical Tab (VT) (coax only)
2–87
Word Underscore (WUS) (twinax only)
2–87
Xerox Transparent (TRN) (coax only)
2–88
3. Special features
3–1
Modes of translation
3–1
ISO6937 mode
3–3
EBCDIC–SNA mode
3–6
EBCDIC–DSC mode
3–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Modes of special feature operation
3–8
Xerox Special Transparency mode
3–9
Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
3–11
Full special feature mode
3–13
Interface escape character
3–17
Format of escape sequences
3–17
Mode commands
3–18
Normal mode
3–19
Filter mode
3–20
Transparency mode
3–21
Multibyte Transparency mode
3–21
Multibyte Transparency mode set up
3–23
Single Byte Transparency mode
3–24
Data Monitor mode
User–defined strings
3–27
User–defined strings command summary
3–27
Download user string
3–28
Recall user string
3–29
Translate table commands
x
3–25
3–30
Create translate table
3–31
Delete translate table
3–31
Select translate table
3–32
Modify translate table
3–32
Create APL translate table
3–34
Delete APL translate table
3–34
Select APL translate table
3–35
Modify APL translate table
3–35
Create OCR translate table
3–36
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Delete OCR translate table
3–37
Select OCR translate table
3–38
Modify OCR translate table
3–38
Print translate table
3–39
GFID assignment
3–40
Deleting GFID assignment
Set defaults
3–41
3–41
Page format options
3–43
Lines Per Inch
3–43
Characters Per Inch
3–44
Line Spacing
3–44
Page Length
3–45
Maximum Print Position
3–46
LU1 language
3–46
Top Binding Margin
3–47
Left Binding Margin
3–48
Automatic New Page
3–49
Form Feed usage
3–49
Automatic New Line
3–50
Suppress CRs/spaces that generate same position
3–51
Intervention Request (IRQ) timeout
3–52
Page orientation options
3–53
Auto Page Orientation
3–53
Tray Selection
3–54
Default Tray Orientation
3–54
Page orientation algorithm
3–55
Logical Page Size
3–59
Physical page
3–60
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
xi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DSC/ DSE options
Case
3–61
Buffer size
3–61
Generate new line on receipt of EM
3–62
Form feed before local copy
3–63
Form feed after local copy
3–64
Null suppression
3–65
Carriage return at maximum print position+1
3–66
New line at maximum print position+1
3–68
Form feed within the print buffer
3–69
Form feed valid
3–70
Form feed at end of print buffer
3–72
Automatic form feed at end of print buffer
3–73
Save to NVRAM
4. Applications
3–75
4–1
Downloading fonts and graphics
4–2
Fonts—IDATA compatibility
4–3
Graphics—4045 Model 20 compatibility
4–5
Graphics—IDATA compatibility
4–6
4–8
Sample 1—Merged letter
5. Fonts and character sets
Font support
4–1
Fonts—4045 Model 20 compatibility
Sample documents
xii
3–61
4–8
Sample 2—Export form
4–12
Sample 3—Bar chart
4–17
Sample 4—Merged form
4–22
5–1
5–1
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fonts included
5–2
IBM font selection
5–2
SCS mode
5–2
DCA mode
Global Font Identifiers (GFIDs)
GFID assignment in the text file
5–3
5–3
5–4
XCTO font selection
5–6
Character sets
5–8
Graphic character sets
6. Error handling
5–10
6–1
IBM error types
6–1
7. Configuration and sysgen samples
Coax printers
7–1
7–1
Line configurations
7–1
Sysgen samples
7–4
Sample IO Gen for the 3174/3274—non–SNA controller
7–5
Sample VTAM parameter for local non–SNA 3270
terminal and printer
7–5
Sample VTAM parameter for local SNA 3270 terminal
and printer
7–6
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU definition
—3274–61C
7–6
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU definition
—3276–C
7–8
Sample mode table entries for 3278–2 terminals
(by control unit type)
7–9
Sample mode table entries for 3278 printers all
control units
7–10
JES/328X print facility parameters
7–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
xiii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Twinax printers
7–11
Line configurations
7–11
Appendices
A. Font and code set tables
A–1
B. DSC option defaults
B–1
C. Command summary
C–1
IBM datastream command summary
D. 4045 Model 20 emulation
D–1
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) command
D–1
Handling of Set Vertical Format (SVF) command
D–1
E. Coax communications buffer
Glossary
Index
xiv
C–1
E–1
Printer output area
E–2
Control unit output area
E–5
Orders
E–9
Abort
E–9
System Status Available (SSA)
E–9
Print order processing
E–10
3270/DSC/DSE print order processing
E–10
SCS order processing
E–13
GLOSSARY–1
INDEX–1
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1.
Introduction
Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO) provides a connection to IBM
coaxial and twinaxial host systems. This option provides the
following features:
•
Laser printing
•
Multiple font storage
•
Automatic rule drawing
•
Customised code mapping
•
Printing of graphics
•
Use of XES formatting commands.
By combining high-resolution character formation (300 by 300
dots per inch) with a wide variety of type styles (fonts), the user
can produce documents that have a high-quality, professional
appearance.
Generally, the Xerox Printing System operates much faster than
the emulated printer and allows printing on a variety of input
media including transparencies and labels. Some Xerox printers
are able to print 2-sided and to feed envelopes.
To format the data, one can use an application programme on
the host, which sends the IBM printer datastream commands and
data. One can also modify programmes to send Xerox Escape
Sequences (XES) that make full use of the advanced features
offered by the Xerox Printing System.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL,
(carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–1
INTRODUCTION
European EME regulations
The Xerox 4213 laser printer meets the requirements of EN55022
Class B.
WARNING:
Use of controls, adjustments or performance
procedures other than those specified herein may result in a
hazardous radiation exposure.
This product will produce ozone during normal operation. The
ozone produced is dependent on copy volume and is heavier
than air.
Providing the proper environmental parameters as
specified in Xerox installation procedures will ensure that
concentration levels meet safe limits.
The 4213 has an ozone filter built into the print cartridge.
Laser safety
The following note is to meet the local requirements of Finland
and Sweden.
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
VAROITUS:
LAITTEEN
KÄYTTÄMINEN
MUULLA
KUIN
TÄSSÄ
KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA
KÄYTTÄJÄN
TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN
1.
YLITTÄVÄLLE
LASERSÄTEILYLLE.
VARNING:
OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄN I DENNA
BRUKSANSVISNING
SPECFICERADE,
KAN
ANVÄNDAREN
UTSÄTTAS FÖR O SYNLIG LASERSTRÄLNING, SOM ÖVERSKRIDER
GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.
How to use the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO) Programmer Reference
This manual provides the host system programmer with a
comprehensive reference to printing on the Xerox Printing
System when both systems are connected to each other through
the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO).
1–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
of
INTRODUCTION
Note:
This manual does not address:
•
Installation of the the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option on the
Xerox Printing System—see the Xerox 4213 Laser Printer User
Guide for details,
•
Use of Xerox Escape Sequence (XES) commands,
•
How to set parameters at the printer—see the Xerox 4213
Laser Printer User Guide for details,
•
The whole coaxial or twinaxial environment—see the Host
System documentation for details.
The manual contains:
Chapter 1: Introduction— Gives an overview of XCTO and this
manual. Read this chapter before attempting to use the special
features or IBM datastream commands.
Chapter 2:
Data stream commands—Describes
commands supported by XCTO.
the
IBM
Chapter 3: Special features—Explains the methods to access the
IBM related special features which are available with the Xerox
Printing System.
Chapter 4: Applications—Provides the most common methods
for downloading fonts and graphics through the XCTO interface,
and gives some examples of documents created using XES
commands through the SCTO interface.
Chapter 5:
Fonts and character sets—Describes font support
and the relationship between IBM Global Font Identifiers (GFID)
and Xerox fonts.
Chapter 6: Error handling—Describes how XCTO handles IBM
error conditions. The Xerox Printing System User Guide describes
how the Xerox Printing System presents error information.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–3
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 7:
Configuration and sysgen parameters—Provides
examples of configuring the Xerox printing system to function on
the IBM host.
Appendix A: Font and code set tables—Contains tables of all
the IBM code sets supported by XCTO.
Appendix B: DSC option defaults—Shows default DSC options
for the IBM printers emulated and for the XCTO.
Appendix C:
Command summary—Summarises in tables the
IBM datastream and the XCTO special feature commands.
Appendix D: 4045 Model 20 emulation—Describes how the
4045 Model 20 handles the Set Horizontal Format (SHF) and Set
Vertical Format (SVF) commands.
Appendix E: The Coax communications buffer—Describes the
memory area known as the communications buffer which is used
by all coaxial emulations.
Conventions used in this manual
The following conventions are used throughout this manual:
Note: A note indicates information of interest that is related to
the subject at hand.
WARNING: Warnings are associated with the safety of people.
Caution: Caution indicates necessary information to prevent
equipment damage or undesirable effects.
Hexadecimal numbers are represented in the form X'69' or X'1C'.
The abbreviation “KB” refers to kilobytes.
The abbreviation “MB” refers to megabytes.
1–4
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
Related publications
Xerox manual title
Xerox 4213 Laser Printer User Guide
Xerox 4213 Laser Printer Install Sheet
Xerox 4213 Laser Printer XES Quick Reference Card
Xerox 4045/4046 Laser CP Model 20 User and
Reference Manual
IBM manual title
IBM 3262 Printer Models 3413 component
description
IBM 3268 printer models 2 & 2c description
IBM 3816 page printer setup instructions
IBM 4245 printer, models D12 and D20
information manual
IBM 6262 printer, models D12 and D14,
product description
Hosts supported
When XCTO is installed on the Electronic Printing system it
accepts commands and data from an IBM coax or twinax host.
The following systems are typical of these hosts.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–5
INTRODUCTION
Coax hosts
•
IBM 9370
•
IBM 4381.
•
IBM System 36
•
IBM System 38
•
IBM AS400.
Twinax hosts
Emulated printers
Within the physical limitations of the Xerox Printing System,
XCTO carries out the functions and features of the emulated IBM
printer. Supported coax and twinax printers are described in the
rest of this chapter.
Coax printers
1–6
•
IBM 3268 (Model 2)
•
IBM 3262 (Models 3 and 13)
•
IBM 3287 (Models 1 and 2)
•
IBM 3812/3816 (in 3268 mode)
•
IBM 4245 (Model D12 and D20)
•
IBM 6262 (Model D12 and D14)
•
Xerox 4045 Model 20.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
IBM 3268
The 3268 dot-matrix printer has the following features:
•
prints a maximum of 340 characters per second (cps)
•
supports 10 and 16.7 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
•
supports many different national character sets, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
IBM 3262
The 3262 band printer has the following features:
•
prints a maximum of 650 lines per minute (lpm) depending
on the band used
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
•
supports many different national character sets, providing
between 48 and 128 characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
IBM 3287
The 3287 dot-matrix printer has the following features:
•
prints a maximum of 120 characters per second (cps)
depending on the print mode selected.
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
•
supports many different national character sets, providing
between 48 and 128 characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–7
INTRODUCTION
IBM 3812/3816
The 3812 page printer emulates the 3268 dot-matrix printer with
the following features:
•
prints a maximum of 12 pages per minute (ppm)
•
supports 10, 12, 15, and 17.1 characters per inch (cpi)
•
includes 70 proportionally-spaced and typographical standard
fonts
•
includes a floppy disk for system software and font storage
•
supports 240 spots per inch (spi) resolution, and
•
supports cut sheets of various sizes.
The 3816 has similar functionality but operates up to 24 pages
per minute (ppm).
IBM 4245
The 4245 band printer has the following features:
•
prints a maximum of 2000 lines per minute (lpm) depending
on the number of characters on the band
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
•
supports various nationalised bands, providing between 48
and 142 characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
IBM 6262
The 6262 band printer has the following features:
1–8
•
prints up to 1400 lines per minute (lpm) depending on the
number of characters on the band
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
•
supports various nationalised bands, providing between 48
and 192 characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
The 6262 has a modern user interface supporting a two-line
display with language support for English, German, French and
Italian.
Xerox 4045 Model 20
The 4045 Model 20 provides SCS and DCS support similar to that
provided by the IBM 3287 printer. In addition to this support it
has special features to maximise the use of Xerox Escape
Sequence (XES) commands.
Limitations
In the coax environment
supported by the XCTO:
the
following
functions
•
BELL and chime poll (accepted but no alarm sounds)
•
Colour
•
Full IBM APL character set
•
Function management headers
•
Intelligent Printer Data Stream (IPDS)
•
Katakana character set
•
Programmed symbols
•
Queries from the host.
•
IBM 5219 (Model D01 and D02)
•
IBM 5224 (Model 1 and 2)
•
IBM 5225 (Model 1 and 2)
•
IBM 5256 (Model 1 to 3)
•
IBM 3812 in 5219 mode
are
not
Twinax printers
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–9
INTRODUCTION
•
IBM 4245 (Model T12 and T20)
•
IBM 5262 (Model 1)
•
IBM 6262 (Model T12 and T14).
IBM 5219
The 5219 daisywheel printer has the following features:
•
prints at 24 to 38 characters per second (cps) depending on
the print mode selected
•
supports 10, 12, and 15 characters per inch (cpi) modes and
proportional spacing.
•
supports 4, 5.33, 6, 8, 9.6, and 12 lines per inch (lpi) line
spacing increments
•
supports numerous nationalised character sets and typefaces
•
supports justification, tabs, automatic underlining, overstrike,
subscript, and superscript enhancements, and
•
supports cut-sheet, tractor feed, envelope and manual feed
paper handling mechanisms.
IBM 5224
The 5224 dot-matrix line printer has the following features:
•
prints 60 to 240 lines per minute (lpm) depending on the
print mode
•
supports 10 and 15 characters per inch (cpi) modes
•
supports 4, 6, and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
•
supports nationalised character sets providing 96 and 188
multinational characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes.
IBM 5225
The 5225 dot-matrix line printer has the same capabilities as the
5224, except that its operating speed is between 90 and 400
lines per minute (lpm) depending on the print mode.
1–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
IBM 5256
The 5256 dot-matrix printer has the following features:
•
prints up to 120 characters per second (cps)
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing increments
•
supports nationalised character sets providing 96, 128, and
188 multinational characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes.
IBM 3812/3816
The 3812 page printer operates at up to 12 pages per minute
(ppm), and emulates the 5219 daisywheel printer with the
following additional features:
•
includes 70 proportionally-spaced and typographical standard
fonts
•
includes a floppy disk for system software and font storage
•
supports 240 spots per inch (spi) resolution, and
•
supports cut sheets of various sizes.
The 3816 has similar functionality but operates up to 24 pages
per minute (ppm). When replacing a 3816 with a Xerox Printing
System through the XCTO, use the 3812 emulation.
IBM 4245
The 4245 band printer has the following features:
•
prints up to 2000 lines per minute (lpm) depending on the
number of characters on the band
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing increments
•
provides various nationalised bands ranging from 48 to 142
characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–11
INTRODUCTION
IBM 5262
The 5262 band printer has the following features:
•
prints up to 650 lines per minute (lpm) depending on the
number of characters on the band
•
supports only 10 characters per inch (cpi)
•
supports 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing increments
•
provides various nationalised bands ranging from 48 to 188
characters, and
•
supports cut sheets of various sizes.
IBM 6262
The 6262 band printer has the following features:
•
prints up to 1400 lines per minute (lpm) depending on the
number of characters on the band
•
supports 10 characters per inch (cpi) only
•
supports 3, 4, 6 and 8 lines per inch (lpi) line spacing
increments
•
supports various nationalised bands, providing between 48
and 192 characters, and
•
supports continuous forms of various sizes up to 6 parts
thick.
The 6262 has a modern user interface supporting a two-line
display with language support for English, German, French and
Italian.
Limitations
In the Twinax environment, the following functions are not
supported by the XCTO:
1–12
•
BELL (accepted but no alarm sounds)
•
Colour
•
Intelligent Printer Data Stream (IPDS)
•
Katakana character set
•
Load alternate character.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INTRODUCTION
Configuration
You may switch emulations using the printer control panel. When
changing emulations, port switching is automatic, as the IBM
printer emulations supported by XCTO do not function with the
serial and parallel ports. The port switching capabilities enable all
three ports (serial, parallel and IBM) to be connected at the same
time and to be active according to the currently selected
emulation.
You can reconfigure XCTO between coax and twinax. This and
other configuration functions can be performed at the printer
control panel. Changing between coax and twinax environments
causes XCTO settings to be reset to factory defaults.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
1–13
2.
Datastream commands
The emulated IBM printers support a range of datastream
commands. These commands may be implemented differently
depending on whether the printer being emulated is attached by
a coaxial or a twinaxial connection. Not all commands are
supported by all printers.
Some commands are ignored by
certain models, while others are implemented within the
technology restrictions imposed by the particular printer.
This chapter specifies:
•
the range of printer commands
•
if the commands are applicable in the coax or twinax
environments, and
•
which commands are supported on the different printer
emulations.
The commands are used to control the formatting of the data to
be printed.
Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO) supports the following types
of command:
•
•
•
•
DSC (Data Stream Compatible)
DSE (Data Stream Emulation)
SCS (SNA [Systems Network Architecture] Character String)
DCA (Document Content Architecture).
Descriptions of the commands are presented in alphabetical
order under two headings. The first is ”3270/DSC/DSE control
codes.” The second is ”SCS and DCA datastream commands.”
At the beginning of each section is a summary table of the
commands in numeric order and a comparison table showing
how the commands are supported for each emulation. Each table
shows the page where the command description can be found.
Note: Error handling in XCTO is different from the IBM printers
emulated. As such, the output may differ from that seen under
similar circumstances on the IBM printer.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–1
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
3270/DSC/DSE control codes
Table 2-1 shows the valid control codes while the coax printer
emulations are in DSC/DSE mode.
Note: These codes have different meanings in formatted and
unformatted modes.
In unformatted mode, the line length and carriage movement is
controlled by NL, CR and EM control codes.
In formatted mode, the control codes NL, CR and EM are
ignored. Lines are filled to the maximum line length (MPP); then
an implicit new line is performed. Form Feed is valid in both
modes, provided its position is valid.
Command summary
Table 2-1.
Command
summary
Code
Name
Page
X'00'
Null (NUL)
2-5
X'01'
End Of Message (EM)
2-4
X'02'
Form Feed (FF)
2-4
X'03'
New Line (NL)
2-5
X'04'
Stop (STOP)
2-5
X'05'
Carriage Return (CR)
2-4
X'06' and X'07'
2-6
Note:
Some options apply only when the printer is in the
DSC/DSE mode, and are not applicable to the twinax emulation.
Refer to chapter 3, “Special features,” to check the commands’
corresponding DSC Options.
2–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Comparison of DSC/DSE commands (coax)
Table 2-2 lists the DSC/DSE commands that XCTO handles for the
various printers emulated.
Y
=
Supported as described in this manual.
Table 2-2.
DSC/DSE command comparison
4245
6262
4045
Mod
20
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
X'NULL 00'
(page 2-5)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
X'STOP 04'
(page 2-5)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
X'06'
(page 2-5)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
X'07'
(page 2-5)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
DSC/DSE
Command
3262
3268
3287
X'CR 05'
(page 2-3)
Y
Y
Y
X'EM 01'
(page 2-4)
Y
Y
X'FF 02'
(page 2-4)
Y
X'NL 03'
(page 2-4)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3812
(3268)
2–3
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Carriage Return (CR)
X'05'
Where:
05
The control sequence of the Carriage Return
command
This control code causes the printer to move to the left margin
of the current line in an unformatted print field. In a formatted
print field or unformatted nonprint field, this control code is
printed as a space character. In a formatted nonprint field, it is
printed as a null character.
End of Message (EM)
X'01'
Where:
01
The control sequence of the End Of Message
command
In an unformatted print field, this control code stops the printer
from printing. In a formatted print field or unformatted nonprint
field, this control code is printed as a space character. In a
formatted nonprint field, it is printed as a null character.
Form Feed (FF)
X'02'
Where:
02
The control sequence of the Form Feed
command
This control code causes the printer to move to the top margin
of the next form. This movement occurs in both print and nonprint fields, and formatted or unformatted modes.
2–4
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
New Line (NL)
X'03'
Where:
03
The control sequence of the New Line command
This control code causes the printer to move to the field position
of the next line in an unformatted print field. In a formatted print
field or unformatted nonprint field, this control code is printed as
a space character. In a formatted nonprint field, it is printed as is
a null character.
Null (NUL)
X'00'
Where:
00
The control sequence of the Null command
This control code does not cause any printer function. In
unformatted mode, the printer treats this code as a space for
both print and nonprint fields. In formatted print or nonprinted
fields, a null character is printed.
Stop (STOP)
X'04'
Where:
04
The control sequence of the Stop command
This control code in an unformatted print field, unformatted nonprint field or a formatted print field is printed as a space
character. In a formatted nonprint field, it is printed as a null
character.
On receipt of this command the 4045 Model 20 emulation prints
a space.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–5
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
X'06' and X'07' codes
Where:
06
07
The control sequence of the Space or Null
command
These control codes in an unformatted print field, unformatted
nonprint field or a formatted print field are printed as a space
character. In a formatted nonprint field, they are printed as a null
character.
On receipt of these commands the 4045 Model 20 emulation
prints a space.
SCS and DCA datastream commands
The following control codes are valid while printer emulations are
in SCS and/or DCA mode. In the twinax environment (5250), SCS
and DCA commands can be mixed (no mode switching occurs).
Some of the commands are not supported in one or other of the
mediums; for example, Vertical Channel Select is not supported
on twinax. When a command is supported for one medium, it is
identified in the heading of the detailed command description. It
should be noted that there is no differentiation made between
SCS and DCA commands described below. This, however, is
made in the Command Support Comparison tables which follow
the command summary.
Command format
The commands are a variable length string of hexadecimal
characters. Some commands require parameters; others do not.
The command string structure is in the following format:
Control
sequence
prefix
2–6
Class
Count
Control
type
code
Parameter(s)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
Control
sequence
prefix
Class
A one-byte value defined in EBCDIC.
A one-byte value defined in EBCDIC which
designates a group of SCS extended controls
that have a common purpose or attribute. The
following classes have been assigned.
D1 =
D2 =
D3 =
Count
Notes:
Codes and character set controls
Sequential character and/or printer
positioning controls
Paginating, text positioning and process
controls.
A one-byte binary count of the number of bytes
in the remainder of this control, including the
byte itself.
Control type
code
A one-byte binary number that designates a
specific control function.
Parameter(s)
The parameter or parameters, defined in
hexadecimal, that contain the control settings.
Where a string of parameters are defined, a
series of periods (...) are shown between the first
and last parameter.
If an optional parameter or part of an optional parameter is
excluded from the count, that parameter is not set. This means
that the count is used as specified.
If the count exceeds the number of parameters, an error type 4
in DCA or Invalid Command in SCS occurs because the missing
parameters are considered to be unsupported.
If the count field excludes a required parameter an error type 3
in DCA or Invalid Parameter in SCS occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–7
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Example:
X'2BD2nn03rerepr' - Justify Text Field (JTF)
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Justify Text
Field command
D2
The command class for the Justify Text Field
command
nn
The number of bytes in the control string
including the byte count itself (5 in this example)
03
The control type for the Justify Text Field
command
rere
pr
2–8
A two-byte number specifying the horizontal
position in 1/1440ths of an inch relative to the
left margin to which the text will be justified
A one-byte number which specifies the
percentage rule for justification.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Command summary
Table 2-3.
Commands common to coax and twinax
Code
Name
X'00'
Null
2-41
X'05'
Horizontal Tab (HT)
2-35
X'0C'
Form Feed (FF)
2-34
X'0D'
Carriage Return (CR)
2-30
X'15'
New Line (NL)
2-40
X'16'
Back Space (BS)
2-25
X'1E'
Interchange Record Separator
(IRS)
2-37
X'25'
Line Feed (LF)
2-39
X'27'
Escape (ESC)(4045 Model 20
emulation only)
2-33
X'2F'
Bell (BEL)
2-30
X'35nn'
Transparent (TRN)
2-85
X'3F'
Substitute (SUB)
2-84
X'40'
Space (SP)
2-83
X'FF'
Eight Ones (EO)
2-30
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Page
2–9
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-4.
2–10
Coax commands
Code
Name
Page
X'04vv'
Vertical Channel Select (VCS)
2-86
X'08gg'
Graphic Escape (GE)
2-34
X'0B'
Vertical Tab (VT)
2-87
X'14'
Enable Presentation (ENP)
2-31
X'24'
Inhibit Presentation (INP)
2-36
X'28ttvv'
Set Attribute (SA)
2-49
X'2BC1nnhhlm
rmt1....tn'
Set Horizontal Format (SHF)
2-59
X'2BC2nnvvtmbmt1
...tn'
Set Vertical Format (SVF)
2-79
X'2BC6nnld'
Set Line Density (SLD)
2-71
X'2BC803grop'
Set Graphic Error Action
(SGEA)
2-57
X'2BD10683xx002D Set Text Orientation (STO)
00'
2-77
X'2BD2nn2900
cp'
2-74
Set Print Density (SPD)
X'2BD2nn48xxxxxxs Page Presentation Media
ddoddxxxxxx'
(PPM)
2-42
X'36'
2-88
Xerox Transparent (TRN)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-5.
Twinax commands
Code
Name
Page
X'06'
Required New Line (RNL)
2-48
X'09'
Superscript (SPS)
2-84
X'0A'
Repeat (RPT)
2-47
X'1A'
Unit Backspace (UBS)
2-86
X'23'
Word Underscore (WUS)
2-87
X'2A'
Switch (SW)
2-85
X'2BC1nnhh'
Set Horizontal Format (SHF)
2-61
X'2BC2nnvv'
Set Vertical Format (SVF)
2-79
X'2BC6nnld'
Set Line Density (SLD)
2-71
X'2BC8nngguu'
Set Graphic Error Action
(SGEA)
2-58
X'2BD1028E'
End Emphasis (EE)
2-31
X'2BD10381id'
Set Coded Graphic Character
Set Through Local ID (SCGL)
2-51
X'2BD1038Abd'
Begin Emphasis (BE)
2-25
X'2BD10601gcgccpc Set GCGID Through GCID
p'
(SCG)
2-56
X'2BD10705gfgffwf
wfa'
Set FID Through GFID (SFG)
2-55
X'2BD2020B'
Release Left Margin (RLM)
2-47
X'2BD20307il'
Set Indent Level (SIL)
2-65
X'2BD20309ls'
Set Line Spacing (SLS)
2-72
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–11
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-5.
2–12
Twinax commands (continued)
Code
Name
Page
X'2BD20345si'
Set Initial Conditions (SIC)
2-65
X'2BD2042900
CP'
Set Character Density (SCD)
2-50
X'2BD20415ldld'
Set Single Line Distance (SSLD)
2-76
X'2BD2nn01ffal
tabs'
Set Horizontal Tab (STAB)
2-63
X'2BD2nn03
rerepr'
Justify Text Field (JTF)
2-37
X'2BD2nn0Dstpr'
Set Justify Mode (SJM)
2-68
X'2BD2nn11lmlmrm Set Horizontal Margins (SHM)
rm'
2-62
X'2BD2nn40wd
wddpdp'
Set Presentation Page Size
(SPPS)
2-73
X'2BC6nnld'
Set Line Density (SLD)
2-71
X'2BC8nngguu'
Set Graphic Error Action
(SGEA)
2-58
X'2BD1028E'
End Emphasis (EE)
2-31
X'2BD10381id'
Set Coded Graphic Character
Set Through Local ID (SCGL)
2-51
X'2BD1038Abd'
Begin Emphasis (BE)
2-25
X'2BD10601gcgccpc Set GCGID Through GCID
p'
(SCG)
2-56
X'2BD10705gfgffwf
wfa'
Set FID Through GFID (SFG)
2-55
X'2BD2020B'
Release Left Margin (RLM)
2-47
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-5.
Twinax commands (continued)
Code
Name
Page
X'2BD20307il'
Set Indent Level (SIL)
2-65
X'2BD20309ls'
Set Line Spacing (SLS)
2-72
X'2BD20345si'
Set Initial Conditions (SIC)
2-65
X'2BD2042900
CP'
Set Character Density (SCD)
2-50
X'2BD20415ldld'
Set Single Line Distance (SSLD)
2-76
X'2BD2nn01ffal
tabs'
Set Horizontal Tab (STAB)
2-63
X'2BD2nn03
rerepr'
Justify Text Field (JTF)
2-37
X'2BD2nn0Dstpr'
Set Justify Mode (SJM)
2-68
X'2BD2nn11lmlmrm Set Horizontal Margins (SHM)
rm'
2-62
X'2BD2nn40wd
wddpdp'
Set Presentation Page Size
(SPPS)
2-73
X'2BD2nn48xxxxfcs
ddoddqqdx'
Page Presentation Media
(PPM)
2-44
X'2BD2nn49tm
tmbmbm'
Set Vertical Margins (SVM)
2-82
X'2BD2nn4Cxxpfxxs
i'
Set Printer Set up (SPSU)
2-75
X'2BD2nn85
ecac'
Set Exception Action (SEA)
2-52
X'2BD3nnF6caca
lala'
Set Text Orientation (STO)
2-78
X'2BD4020E'
End Underscore (EUS)
2-33
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–13
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-5.
2–14
Twinax commands (continued)
Code
Name
Page
X'2BD40276'
End Overstrike (EOS)
2-32
X'2BD4nn0A01
bp'
Begin Underscore (BUS)
2-28
X'2BD4nn72ch
bpgcgccpcp'
Begin Overstrike (BOS)
2-26
X'2BFEnnmmee
i1----in'
Load Alternate Characters
(LAC)
2-39
X'33'
Index Return (IRT)
2-36
X'344Crv'
Relative Vertical Presentation
Position (RVPP)
2-46
X'34C0ah'
Absolute Horizontal
Presentation Position (AHPP)
2-23
X'34C4av'
Absolute Vertical Presentation
Position (AVPP)
2-24
X'34C8rh'
Relative Horizontal
Presentation Position (RHPP)
2-45
X'36'
Numeric Backspace (NBS)
2-41
X'38'
Subscript (SBS)
2-83
X'39'
Indent Tab (IT)
2-35
X'3A'
Required Form Feed (RFF)
2-48
X'6D'
Word Underscore (US)
2-87
X'E1'
Expanded Space—Numeric
Space (NSP)
2-34
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Comparison tables
Tables 2-6 and 2-7 show the commands supported by the
different emulations for SCS. Common commands are shown on
both SCS tables. DCA table 2-8 shows those commands available
to twinax printers.
Comparison of SCS commands (coax)
Table 2-4 shows how XCTO handles the SCS commands for the
coax printer emulations shown.
Y
N
A
=
=
=
supported as described in this manual
not supported—reported as an error
accepted but results in no operation.
Table 2-6.
SCS coax commands
3262
3268
3287
3812/16
(3268)
4245
6262
4045
Model
20
Back Space
X'16' (page 2-25)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
BEL
X'2F' (page 2-30)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Carriage Return
X'0D' (page 2-30)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Eight Ones
X'FF' (page 2-30)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Enable Presentation
X'14' (page 2-31)
A
A
A
A
Y
A
A
Escape
X'27' (page 2-33)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Form Feed
X'0C' (page 2-34)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–15
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-6.
3262
3268
3287
3812/16
(3268)
4245
6262
4045
Model
20
Graphic Escape
X'08gg' (page 2-34)
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Horizontal Tab
X'05' (page 2-35)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Inhibit Presentation
X'24' (page 2-36)
A
A
A
A
Y
A
A
Interchange Record Separator
X'1E' (page 2-37)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Line Feed
X'25' (page 2-39)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
New Line
X'15' (page 2-40)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Null
X'00' (page 2-41)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Page Presentation Media
X'2BD2nn48xxxxxxsddoddxxxxxx'
(page 2-42)
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Required Space
X'41' (page 2-48)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Set Attribute
X'28ttw' (page 2-49)
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Set Graphic Error Action
X'2BC803grop' (page 2-57)
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
Set Horizontal Format
X'2BC1nnhhlmrmt1..tn' (page 2-59)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Set Line Density
X'2BC6nnld' (page 2-70)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
2–16
SCS coax commands (continued)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-6.
SCS coax commands (continued)
3262
3268
3287
3812/16
(3268)
4245
6262
4045
Model
20
Set Print Density
X'2BD2nn2900cp' (page 2-74)
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Set Text Orientation
X'2BD10683xx002D00' (page 2-77)
N
N
N
A
N
N
N
Set Vertical Format
X'2BC2nnvvtmbmt1..tn' (page 2-79)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Space
X'40' (page 2-83)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Transparent
X'35nn' (page 2-85)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Vertical Channel Select
X'04vv' (page 2-86)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Vertical Tab
X'0B' (page 2-87)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Xerox Transparent
X'36' (page 2-88)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
Note: In 4045 Model 20 emulation invalid and/or commands not
accepted are ignored and no error is reported. All other emulations report errors appropriate to the error condition that occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–17
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Comparison of SCS commands (twinax)
Table 2-7 shows how XCTO handles the SCS commands for the
twinax printer emulations shown. Table 2-8 shows how XCTO
handles the DCA commands for the twinax printer emulations
shown
Y
N
A
=
=
=
supported as described in this manual
not supported—reported as an error
accepted but results in no operation.
Table 2-7.
3812
(5219)
4245
5219
5224
5225
5256
5262
6262
Absolute Horizontal Presentation
Position
X'34C0ah' (page 2-23)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Absolute Vertical Presentation Position
X'34C4av' (page 2-24)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Back Space
X'16' (page 2-25)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
BEL
X'2F' (page 2-30)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Carriage Return
X'0D' (page 2-30)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Eight Ones
X'FF' (page 2-30)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Form Feed
X'0C' (page 2-34)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Horizontal Tab
X'05' (page 2-35)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Interchange Record Separator
X'1E' (page 2-37)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
2–18
SCS twinax commands
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-7.
SCS twinax commands (continued)
3812
(5219)
4245
5219
5224
5225
5256
5262
6262
Line Feed
X'25' (page 2-39)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Load Alternate Characters
X'2BFEnnmmeei1... in' (page 2-39)
N
N
N
A
A
N
N
N
New Line
X'15' (page 2-40)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Null
X'00' (page 2-41)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Page Presentation Media (PPM)
X'2BD2nn48xxxxfcsddoddqqdx'
(page 2-44)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Relative Horizontal Presentation
Position
X'34C8rh' (page 2-45)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Relative Vertical Presentation Position
X'344Crv' (page 2-46)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Set Character Density
X'2BD2042900cp' (page 2-50)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Set Coded Graphic Character Through
Local ID
X'2BD10381id' (page 2-51)
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Set Graphic Error Action
X'2BC8nngguu' (page 2-58)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Set Horizontal Format
X'2BC1nnhh' (page 2-61)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–19
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-7.
SCS twinax commands (continued)
3812
(5219)
4245
5219
5224
5225
5256
5262
6262
Set Line Density
X'2BC6nnld' (page 2-71)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Set Text Orientation
X'2BD3nnF6cacalala' (page 2-78)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Set Vertical Format
X'2BC2nnvv' (page 2-81)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Space
X'40' (page 2-83)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Switch
X'2A' (page 2-85)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Transparent
X'35nn' (page 2-85)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
SCS command
Comparison of DCA commands
Table 2-8 shows the additional commands available to the twinax
printer emulations shown for the Final Form Text capable
printers.
Y
N
2–20
=
=
supported as described in this manual
not supported—reported as an error.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-8.
DCA twinax commands
3812/16
(5219)
5219
Begin Emphasis
X'2BD1038Abd' (page 2-25)
Y
Y
Begin Overstrike
X'2BD4nn72chbpgcgccpcp' (page 2-26)
Y
Y
Begin Underscore
X'2BD4nn0A01bp' (page 2-28)
Y
Y
End Emphasis
X'2BD1028E' (page 2-31)
Y
Y
End Overstrike
X'2BD40276' (page 2-32)
Y
Y
End Underscore
X'2BD4020E' (page 2-33)
Y
Y
Expanded Space
X'E1' (page 2-34)
Y
Y
Indent Tab X'39' (page 2-35)
Y
Y
Index Return
X'33' (Not standard DCA) (page 2-36)
Y
Y
Justify Text Field
X'2BD2nn03rerepr' (page 2-37)
Y
Y
Numeric Backspace
X'36' (Not standard DCA) (page 2-41)
Y
Y
Release Left Margin
X'2BD2020B' (page 2-47)
Y
Y
Repeat
X'0A' (Not standard DCA) (page 2-47)
Y
Y
DCA command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–21
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-8.
DCA twinax commands (continued)
3812/16
(5219)
5219
Required Form Feed
X'3A' (page 2-48)
Y
Y
Required New Line
X'06' (page 2-48)
Y
Y
Required Space
X'3A' (page 2-48)
Y
Y
Set Exception Action
X'2BD2nn85ecac' (page 2-52)
Y
Y
Set FID Through GFID
X'2BD10705gfgffwfwfa' (page 2-55)
Y
Y
Set GCGID Through GCID
X'2BD10601gcgccpcp' (page 2-56)
Y
Y
Set Horizontal Margins
X'2BD2nn11lmlmrmrm' (page 2-62)
Y
Y
Set Horizontal Tab
X'2BD2nn01ffaltabs' (page 2-63)
Y
Y
Set Indent Level
X'2BD10307il' (page 2-65)
Y
Y
Set Initial Conditions
X'2BD20345si' (page 2-65)
Y
Y
Set Justify Mode
X'2BD2nn0Dstpr' (page 2-68)
Y
Y
Set Line Spacing
X'2BD20309ls' (page 2-72)
Y
Y
Set Presentation Page Size
X'2BD2nn40wdwddpdp' (page 2-73)
Y
Y
Set Printer Setup
X'2BD2nn4Cxxpfxxsi' (page 2-75)
Y
Y
DCA command
2–22
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Table 2-8.
DCA twinax commands (continued)
3812/16
(5219)
5219
Set Single Line Distance
X'2BD20415ldld' (page 2-76)
Y
Y
Set Text Orientation
X'2BD3nnF6cacalala' (page 2-78)
Y
Y
Set Vertical Margins
X'2BD2nn49tmtmbmbm' (page 2-82)
Y
Y
Subscript
X'38' (page 2-83)
Y
Y
Substitute
X'3F' (page 2-84)
Y
Y
Superscript
X'09' (page 2-84)
Y
Y
Unit Backspace
X'1A' (page 2-86)
Y
Y
Word Underscore
X'23' (page 2-87)
Y
Y
DCA command
Command description
Absolute Horizontal Presentation Position (AHPP) (twinax
only)
X'34C0ah'
Moves the print position horizontally to the ah position.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–23
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
34
The control sequence prefix of the Absolute
Horizontal Presentation Position command
C0
The command class for the Absolute Horizontal
Presentation Position command
ah
The horizontal print position in characters.
Valid values of ah range from 0 to maximum print
position.
If ah is less than the current print position, a
carriage return followed by a horizontal
movement to the position specified by ah
occurs.
The vertical position always stays unchanged.
A value of 0 for ah causes no operation to occur.
A value greater than line length causes an invalid
SCS parameter check or an error type 4.
Absolute Vertical Presentation Position (AVPP) (twinax only)
X'34C4av'
Moves the print position vertically to the line specified by av.
Where:
2–24
34
The control sequence prefix of the Absolute
Vertical Presentation Position command
C4
The command class for the Absolute Vertical
Presentation Position command
av
The vertical print position in lines.
Valid values of av range from 0 to the form’s
length.
The horizontal position is not changed by this
command.
If the av value is less than the current line, the
forms move to the specified line on the next
page.
A value of 0 for av causes no operation to occur.
A value greater than form length causes an invalid
SCS parameter check or an error type 4.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Back Space (BS)
X'16'
Causes the print position to be moved left by the current
character width, ignoring the left margin, unless this movement
goes left of the left edge of the physical page. In this case, the
print position is moved to column one, the left edge.
The twinax 5219 and 3812 emulations report an error type 2 if
this case occurs. The 5219 emulation can move only left of the
left margin if this margin is released. If the left margin is not
released the print position moves to the left margin without
reporting an error.
The 4045 Model 20 emulation executes only the Back Space
command if it occurs at the left margin.
Where:
16
The control sequence of the Back Space
command
Begin Emphasis (BE) (twinax only)
X'2BD1038Abd'
This command is the starting control of a pair which identify the
text to be emphasised. The ending control of the pair is the End
Emphasis command. Once activated, bolding continues until it is
terminated by the End Emphasis command, a Set Initial
Conditions (SIC) command, or the end of the document (Clear
command received).
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–25
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Begin
Emphasis command
D1
The command class for the Begin Emphasis
command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
8A
The control type for the Begin Emphasis
command
bd
The optional one-byte number determines the
type of emphasis to be applied.
Valid values are X'01' or X'02'.
All other values are invalid and cause an error
type 4 to occur.
Note: Two BE commands without an EE, SIC or Clear command
between them causes an error type 1.
Begin Overstrike (BOS) (twinax only)
X'2BD4nn72chbpgcgccpcp'
Makes the contiguous overstrike function active. Once BOS is
activated, it stays activated until terminated by an End Overstrike
(EOS) command, a Set Initial Conditions (SIC) command, or the
end of the document (Clear command received).
2–26
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Begin
Overstrike command
D4
The command class for the Begin Overstrike
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'03' -X' 08'; all others cause an
error type 3.
72
The control type for the Begin Overstrike
command
ch
A one-byte number which selects the code point
for the overstrike character.
This is valid as long as it is part of the currently
selected character set and within the range X'40'
- X'FF'.
Invalid code point selection causes an error type
2.
bp
An optional one-byte number (Bypass parameter)
that determines if white space is overstruck.
White space on any line resulting from Horizontal
Tab or Indent Tab and Absolute Horizontal
Presentation Position commands is not
overstruck.
White space resulting from numeric space or
required space is always overstruck.
White space resulting from Space or Relative
Horizontal Presentation Position commands is
overstruck if the bypass parameter is X'00'
(default) or X'01', and is not if it is X'80'.
Note: Required Space and Numeric Space are
treated as printable graphics.
gcgc
A pair of two-byte numbers which must be zero;
otherwise an error type 4 occurs.
cpcp
A pair of two-byte numbers which must be zero;
otherwise an error type 4 occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–27
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Notes
The first graphic print position after this command defines the
start point of overstriking. Vertical position commands—line feed,
new line, required new line, carriage return, interchange record
separator, form feed, required form feed, auto new line function
and AutoPage function end overstriking for that line. Overstriking
is resumed automatically on the next line.
The 5219 emulation only overstrikes at baseline. The 3812
emulation overstrikes at baseline, superscript, and subscript
levels.
Two BOS commands without an EOS, SIC, or Clear command
between them cause an error type 1.
Begin Underscore (BUS) (twinax only)
X'2BD4nn0A01bp'
Activates continuous underscore. This command is the starting
control (of a pair of controls) that identifies text that is to be
underscored. The ending control of the pair is End Underscore
(EUS). BUS stays activated until it is terminated by an EUS
command, a Set Initial Conditions (SIC) command, or the end of
the document.
2–28
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Begin
Underscore command
D4
The command class for the Begin Underscore
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are 03H and 04H; all others cause an
error type 3.
0A
The control type for the Begin Underscore
command
01
A required parameter which must be 01
bp
An optional one-byte number (bypass parameter)
to specify if white space is underscored.
White space on any line resulting from Horizontal
Tab, Indent Tab, and Absolute Horizontal
Presentation Position commands is not
underscored.
White space resulting from numeric space or
required space is always underscored.
White space resulting from Space or Relative
Horizontal Presentation Position commands is
underscored if the bypass parameter is X'00'
(default) or X'02', and is not if it is X'80'.
Note: Required Space and Numeric Space are
treated as printable graphics.
Note: The 5219 emulation underscores at baseline only, while
the 3812 emulation underscores super and subscript too. The
first graphic print position after this command defines the start
point of underscoring. Vertical position commands—line feed,
new line, required newline, carriage return, interchange record
separator, form feed, required form feed, auto new line functions
and auto page functions end underscoring for that line.
Underscoring is automatically resumed on the next line. Two BU
commands without an EUS, SIC, or Clear command between
them causes an error type 1.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–29
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Bell (BEL)
X'2F'
Turns on the attention indicator to show that operator action is
required and sounds the alarm if it is not disabled. The printer
stops and waits for operator attention. (This facility is currently
not implemented.)
Where:
2F
The control sequence of the Bell command
Carriage Return (CR)
X'0D'
Moves the print position to the first position on the same line. If
already at the first position, this command is ignored. The print
position is moved to the effective left margin of those printers
which support the Set Horizontal Margin command.
Where:
0D
The control sequence of the Carriage Return
command
Eight Ones (EO)
X'FF'
This code is treated as an unprintable graphic character. For
more information on unprintable graphic characters, refer to Set
Graphic Exception Action (SGEA) later in this chapter.
2–30
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
FF
The control sequence of the Eight Ones
command
Enable Presentation (ENP) (coax only)
X'14'
This command is used in conjunction with the Inhibit
Presentation command. Any printable characters between INP
and ENP commands are translated to spaces. SCS control codes
between INP and ENP can cause unpredictable results.
Note: The 4245 emulation carries out the actions described
above; all other emulations ignore this command.
Where:
14
The control sequence of the Enable Presentation
command
End Emphasis (EE) (twinax only)
X'2BD1028E'
Stops the continuous emphasis function.
Two End Emphasis commands without a Begin Emphasis, Set
Initial Conditions, or Clear command causes an error type 1.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–31
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the End Emphasis
command
D1
The command class for the End Emphasis Field
command
02
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
8E
The control type for the End Emphasis Field
command
End Overstrike (EOS) (twinax only)
X'2BD40276'
Stops the continuous overstrike function.
Two End Overstrike commands without a Begin Overstrike, Set
Initial Conditions, or Clear command between them causes an
error type 1.
Where:
2–32
2B
The control sequence prefix of the End
Overstrike command
D4
The command class for the End Overstrike Field
command
02
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
76
The control type for the End Overstrike Field
command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
End Underscore (EUS) (twinax only)
X'2BD4020E'
Stops the continuous underscore function.
Two End Underscore commands without a Begin Underscore, Set
Initial Conditions, or Clear command causes an error type 1.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the End
Underscore command
D4
The command class for the End Underscore Field
command
02
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
0E
The control type for the End Underscore Field
command
Escape (ESC) (4045 Model 20 emulation only)
X'27'
The escape character code signals to the 4045 Model 20
emulation that the next characters are commands or host
inserted information, and not printable data. The byte that
follows the E code either describes the command, indicates the
number of characters, or both. The command is frequently ended
by a L sequence which tells the printer to print the data that
follows.
For all other emulations, this command is treated as an
unprintable graphic character.
Note: This is not an IBM control code.
Where:
27
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The control sequence of escape code
2–33
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Expanded Space—Numeric Space (NSP)
(twinax only)
X'E1'
Prints as a space. On the 5219 and 3812 emulations this space
cannot
be
increased/decreased
during
justification.
In
Proportional Space Mode (PSM) the width of the space is the
same as the width of the numeric digit graphics.
Where:
E1
The control sequence of the End Expanded
Space—Numeric Space command
Form Feed (FF)
X'0C'
Moves the print position to top line and left margin of next form
as specified by the Set Vertical Format command. If this is not
specified, the maximum print line is set to an appropriate default.
Note: For the 3812, and 5219 emulations, if the maximum page
length is set to 1, the Form Feed command causes a new line to
occur. Any other page length causes the printer to eject the
current page on receipt of a form feed.
Where:
0C
The hex value of the Form Feed command
Graphic Escape (GE) (coax only)
X'08gg'
Allows APL/Text characters to be sent in an SCS datastream. Each
APL/Text character in the datastream is preceded by a GE.
2–34
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
08
The control sequence of the Graphic Escape
command
gg
A single-byte character between X'40' and X'FE'
that defines the APL code point for the character.
When GE is supported and is followed by another control code
(X'00' through X'3F' and X'FF') the two bytes (08gg) are treated
as one invalid SCS command and cause a single ”function not
supported” response to the application programme.
Note: On receipt of this command, the 4045 Model 20
emulation prints a hyphen.
Horizontal Tab (HT)
X'05'
Moves the print position to the right one tab stop setting which
is set by the Set Horizontal Format command. If no tab stop is
detected, or the last tab stop is to the left of the current print
position, a movement to the right by one space is executed. If
an HT is requested after passing the right margin, a new line is
created, and a space is printed at the left margin.
Where:
05
The control sequence of the Horizontal Tab
command
Indent Tab (IT) (twinax only)
X'39'
Moves the print position to the right by one tab stop and sets
the effective left margin there. If no tab stop is detected, or the
tab stop detected is to the left, an error type 2 occurs and a
horizontal movement of a space width occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–35
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
39
The control sequence of the Indent Tab
command
Index Return (IRT) (twinax only)
X'33'
Restores the indent position to the left margin and starts a new
line.
Where:
33
The control sequence of the Index Return
command
Inhibit Presentation (INP) (coax only)
X'24'
This command is used in conjunction with the Enable
Presentation command. Printable characters between INP and
ENP are translated to blanks. SCS control codes between INP and
ENP can cause unpredictable results.
Note: The 4245 emulation carries out the actions described
above. All other emulations ignore this command.
Where:
24
2–36
The control sequence of the Inhibit Presentation
command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Interchange Record Separator (IRS)
X'1E'
Moves the print position to the first position on the next line. If
the current position is at the end of a page, the print position is
moved to the first line of the next page.
The print position is moved to the effective left margin of those
printers which support the Set Horizontal Margin command (all
coax emulations and twinax 3812 and 5219 emulations).
Where:
1E
The control sequence of the Interchange Record
Separator command
Justify Text Field (JTF) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn03rerepr'
Specifies the horizontal position of text to be justified. This command precedes the text to be justified, allows multi-column
justification (command per column for each line), and allows
justification of a single column when there are line numbers at
the right edge. The text to be justified by this command is
delimited by the command and the next occurrence of justify
text field, carriage return, new line, required new line,
interchange record separator, index return, form feed, or
required form feed.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–37
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2–38
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Justify Text
Field command
D2
The command class for the Justify Text Field
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'04' and X'05'; all other values
cause an error type 3.
03
The control type for the Justify Text Field
command
rere
A two-byte number specifying the horizontal
position in 1/1440ths of an inch relative to the
left margin to which the text will be justified.
A value of 00H ends justification where the
command is entered.
Other valid values are:
• less than or equal to the page width
• not less than the effective left margin
• not less than any previous JTF edge value on
the same line.
Invalid values cause an error type 4.
If the number is not in exact 1/300th of an inch,
it is rounded down to the nearest 1/300th.
pr
A one-byte number which specifies the
percentage rule for justification as follows:
X'00H =None
X'01' - X'4B' = Half
X'4C' - X'64' = Full (Default)
All other values cause an error type 4, though
values in brackets default as shown if processing
is allowed to continue.
Note: Half justification is not currently supported
on the 3812 emulation; full justification is always
used.
The 3812 emulation reduces the white space
between characters to less than a 'space' width
unlike the 5219 emulation.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Notes:
Tab controls are not field delimiters. The JTF command is not
affected by line ending decisions.
If the text passes the right margin, the 3812 emulation justifies,
but the 5219 emulation does not. Text that exceeds a justify right
edge causes an error type 2.
Using this command causes an error type 2 if Set Justify Mode is
active.
Line Feed (LF)
X'25'
Moves the print position to the same horizontal position on the
next line. If the print position is the last line of the page, LF
moves it to the first line of the next page.
Where:
25
The control sequence of the Line Feed command
Load Alternate Characters (LAC) (twinax only)
X'2BFEnnmmeei1----in'
Loads single-byte character images at specified EBCDIC
addresses. Invalid parameters in any position of the command
cause an invalid SCS parameter check.
Note: This
emulations.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
command
is
ignored
by
the
5224
and
5225
2–39
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Load
Alternate Characters command
FE
The command class for the Load Alternate
Characters command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
This value must not exceed X'FF'.
mm
A one-byte number which defines the character
matrix size.
The only supported value for this parameter is 01
which defines a matrix 8 high by 9 wide.
ee
A single-byte hexadecimal code which defines
the code point to by which the load bit pattern
will be referenced.
Valid values for this parameter are X'01' -X'FF'.
i1----in
A field of byte values which define the character
pattern in vertical slices of data.
Each byte of 'i' defines one column of dots in
the character (9 bytes per character).
The least significant bit in each byte specifies the
bottom dot in the column, and the first i byte
specifies the left most column.
New Line (NL)
X'15'
Moves the print position to the first position on the next line. If
the current position is at the end of a page, the print position is
moved to the first line of the next page.
2–40
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
The print position is moved to the effective left margin of those
printers which support the Set Horizontal Margin command (all
coax emulations and twinax 3812 and 5219 emulations).
Where:
15
The control sequence of the New Line command
Null
X'00'
For the coax emulations, with the exception of the 4045 Model
20, a graphic error character is printed. The 4045 Model 20
emulation and all twinax emulations ignore nulls.
Note: The Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA) defines what actions
are taken when a character in the data stream is not in the
currently selected character set and cannot be printed (an
unprintable graphic character).
If the SGEA function is not used, unprintable graphic characters
are replaced with a hyphen (X'60') or, for the 4245 emulation, a
space (X'40').
Where:
00
The control sequence of the Null command
Numeric Backspace (NBS) (twinax only)
X'36'
Same as backspace.
Causes a left movement of the print
position by a character width. If the space to the left margin is
less than a character width, the print position becomes the left
margin. If the left margin is released, the print position can
backspace to the logical left edge. Any attempt to backspace
beyond the logical left edge causes the print position to move to
the left edge.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–41
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
36
The control sequence of the Numeric Backspace
command
Page Presentation Media (PPM) (coax only)
X'2BD2nn48xxxxxxsddoddxxxxxx'
Specifies the presentation media device settings of the printer.
PPM specifies the source paper tray, the output tray offset, and
the the output tray.
2–42
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Page
Presentation Media command
D2
The command class for the Page Presentation
Media command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'02' - X'0C'; others cause an
error type 3.
48
The control type for the Page Presentation Media
command
xxxxxx
A three-byte number which is not used.
sd
A one-byte number specifying the source paper
tray that is used for paper or envelopes.
Valid parameters are:
X'00' = No change from current selection
X'01' = Select paper tray 1
X'02' = Select paper tray 2
X'03 - X'FF' = No change from current
selection.
Attempts to feed from non-installed paper tray
cause an error type 1.
do
A one-byte number which specifies that the
output tray will be offset.
Valid parameters are:
X'00' = No offset
Any other value causes the output tray to offset.
dd
A one-byte number specifying the output tray.
As there is only one output tray, dd is also used
to specify whether or not to offset the output
tray.
The output tray is offset if the parameter is
changed from its value in the last PPM.
Note: If two or more indications to offset the
output tray are received, only the first is used.
xxxxxxxx
Four-byte number which is not used.
Note: This command must occur at page boundaries or an error
type 2 is caused. If any of the above parameters are invalid, an
error type 4 occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–43
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Page Presentation Media (PPM) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn48xxxxfcsddoddqqdx'
Specifies the presentation media device settings of the printer.
PPM specifies the forms setting, the source paper tray, the
output tray offset, the output tray, the print quality and the 2sided function.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Page
Presentation Media command
D2
The command class for the Page Presentation
Media command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'05' - X'0A'; others cause an
error type 3.
48
The control type for the Page Presentation Media
command
xxxx
2–44
A two-byte number which is not used.
fc
A one-byte number which selects forms type.
Valid values for this parameter are below:
X'00' = causes no change of paper tray.
X'01' = paper selected.
X'02' = envelopes (bypass tray) selected.
sd
A one-byte number specifying the source paper
tray that is used for paper.
This parameter is ignored if fc equals 2.
Attempting to feed from non-installed paper tray
causes an error type 1. All sd values greater than
00H are used as long as the specified tray is
available in the printer.
sd=X'00' causes no change.
do
A one-byte number which specifies the output
tray offset of the 3812 or 5219 emulations.
Valid values are X'00' -X' FF'. Any non-zero value
causes the output tray to be jogged.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
dd
A one-byte number specifying output tray.
Valid parameters for the 5219 emulation are:
X'00' = cause no change.
X'01' = causes the output tray to be jogged.
The 3812 emulation jogs its output tray if the
parameter is not zero and has changed from its
value in the last PPM.
qq
A one-byte number which specifies print quality.
Valid values for this parameter are:
X'00' = no change in quality.
X'01' = sets the draft quality flag.
X'02' = sets the standard quality flag.
Note: These print quality settings are used
internally by the printer, but they do not affect
the quality of the printed output.
dx
A one-byte number which specifies the current 2sided setting.
X'00' = no change
X'01' = 1-sided
X'02' = book binding
X'03' = pad binding.
Note: This command must occur at page boundaries or an error
type 2 is caused. If any of the above parameters are invalid, an
error type 4 occurs.
Relative Horizontal Presentation Position (RHPP) (twinax
only)
X'34C8rh'
Moves the print position horizontally from its present position by
the number specified by rh. The vertical position remains
unchanged.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–45
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
34
The control sequence prefix of the Relative
Horizontal Presentation Position command
C8
The command class for the Relative Horizontal
Presentation Position command
rh
The new horizontal print position.
Valid values for rh are any positive number which
does not cause the new position to be greater
than maximum print position +1.
If rh has a value of zero, command is ignored.
Invalid values for rh cause an invalid SCS
parameter check or an error type 4 on the twinax
3812 or 5219 emulations.
Relative Vertical Presentation Position (RVPP)
(twinax only)
X'344Crv'
Moves the print position vertically from its present position by
the number of lines specified by rv. The horizontal position
remains unchanged.
Where:
2–46
34
The control sequence prefix of the Relative
Vertical Presentation Position command
4C
The command class for the Relative Vertical
Presentation Position command
rv
The new vertical print position
Valid value for rv is any positive number which
does not cause the new position to be greater
than logical page length
If rv has a value of zero, command is ignored.
Invalid values for rv cause an invalid SCS
parameter check, or an error type 4 on the twinax 3812 or 5219 emulations
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Release Left Margin (RLM) (twinax only)
X'2BD2020B'
Specifies that a backspace or unit backspace can move the print
position to the left of the left margin, but never beyond the
logical left edge of the page. The RLM command is in effect until
a carriage return, new line, required new line, interchange record
separator, index return, form feed, or required form feed
command is found. Then, the horizontal print position returns to
the left margin or the current indent level and the RLM command
is deactivated.
When RLM is followed by a new line code, it defines a paragraph
boundary for the justification functions. This command is not
used by the 3812 emulation except for reasons of justification
(see Set Justification Mode command).
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Release Left
Margin command
D2
The command class for the Release Left Margin
command
02
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
0B
The control type for the Release Left Margin
command
Repeat (RPT) (twinax only)
X'0A'
No operation performed and no character is printed.
Where:
0A
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The control sequence of the Repeat command
2–47
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Required Form Feed (RFF) (twinax only)
X'3A'
Restores indent to the left margin and moves the print position
to the next logical page (line one). This command causes the
3812 and 5219 emulations to print the current page.
Where:
3A
The control sequence of the Required Form Feed
command
Required New Line (RNL) (twinax only)
X'06'
Restores the indent position to left margin and starts a new line.
Where:
06
The control sequence of the Required New Line
command
Required Space (RSP)
X'41'
In the twinax environment, this command causes the same
displacement as a space. This character, however, is not
recognised as an inter-word delimiter and cannot be increased/
decreased for justification purposes.
In the coax environment, this character is treated as an normal
printable character.
Where:
41
2–48
The control sequence of the Required Space
command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Attribute (SA) (coax only)
X'28ttvv'
SA specifies an attribute that is to be associated with subsequent
characters in the datastream. The codes remain valid until a new
SNA chain begins or a new SA code changes the value of the
character attribute.
Where:
28
The control sequence prefix of the Set Attribute
command
tt
A one-byte number which defines the command
as follows:
X'00' = Reset
X'41' = Extended highlighting
X'42' = Colour
X'43' = Character Set
Note: Reset: Resets attributes to defaults
vv
A one-byte number which clarifies tt as follows:
Extended highlighting definitions:
X'00' = Normal (default)
X'F1' = Blink (accept)
X'F2' = Reverse video (accept)
X'F4' = Underline
Note: The receipt of Blink and Reverse Video
parameters cause underlining to be disabled on
all emulations other than the coax 3812
emulation.
Colour definitions:
X'00' = Black (default)
X'F1' = Blue (prints black)
X'F2' = Red (prints black)
X'F3' = Pink (prints black)
X'F4' = Green (prints black)
X'F5' = Turquoise (prints black)
X'F6' = Yellow (prints black)
X'F7' = Black
Character set definitions:
X'00' = Default character set
X'F1' = APL character set
X'40'-X'FE' = Local character set identifier
(ignored except for X'F1')
For the 4045 Model 20, all codes are ignored
other than X'00' which selects the Xerox printer’s
default font.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–49
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Note: Any invalid sequence is reported to the host as an invalid
SCS command.
Set Character Density (SCD) (twinax only)
X'2BD2042900CP'
Defines the number of characters to be printed per horizontal
inch (CPI).
Where:
2–50
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Character
Density command
D2
The command class for the Set Character Density
command
04
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
29
The control type for the Set Character Density
command
00
A required parameter which must be 00
CP
A one-byte number which specifies a CPI value
for the emulations as follows:
X'00'= No change 3812, 5219, 5224, 5225
X'0A' = 10 3812, 4245, 5219, 5224, 5225,
6262
X'0B' = PS 3812, 5219
X'0C' = 12 3812, 5219
X'0F' = 15 3812, 5219, 5224, 5225
X'FF' = 10 3812, 5219, 5224, 5225
For 4245, 5224, 5225, and 6262 emulations,
invalid parameters cause an invalid SCS parameter
check and the CPI defaults to last selected CPI
value.
Out of range values for the 5219 and 3812
emulations cause an error type 4.
Note: If the CPI value is changed it may cause an
increase in the maximum print position. If this is
the case, the maximum print position is increased
to allow for the change in CPI.
If CPI value does not cause the maximum print
position to increase, then it stays as initially set
by the set horizontal format.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Note: If this command is sent, but no SHF command is sent, the
3812 emulation‘s output will not match that produced by the
IBM printer.
Set Coded Graphic Character Set Through Local ID (SCGL)
(twinax only)
X'2BD10381id'
This command, which operates in ISO6937 mode only, selects
one of 16 coded graphic character sets as the designated
character set. Any character not defined in the selected character
set prints as a not printable character (Set Graphic Error Action
command).
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Coded
Graphic Character Set Through Local ID
command
D1
The command class for the Set Coded Graphic
Character Set Through Local ID command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
81
The control type for the Set Coded Graphic
Character Set Through Local ID command
id
identification number of the requested character
set:
X'00' = Multinational
X'01' = English (U.S.)
X'02' = Austrian/German
X'03' = Belgian
X'04' = Brazilian
X'05' = French Canadian
X'06' = Danish/Norwegian
X'07' = Finnish/Swedish
X'08' = French
X'09' = Italian
X'0A' = Japanese - Latin characters
X'0C' = Portuguese
X'0D' = Spanish
X'0E' = Spanish Speaking (Spanish)
X'0F' = English (U.K.)
X'65' = New Spanish word processing.
(Spanish)
X'FF' = Default value (set at the printer’s
user interface)
All other values of id cause the default value to
selected.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–51
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Note: The 3812 emulation output does not match the IBM
printer output if this command is sent without an SHF command.
Refer to chapter 5, “Font and character sets,” under the heading
“Character sets.” to see how this command relates to other
language commands/features.
Code page definitions can be found in Appendix A.
Set Exception Action (SEA) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn85ecac'
Specifies the action to take on detecting a text datastream
exception condition (error type).
2–52
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Exception
Action command
D2
The command class for the Set Exception Action
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the count byte itself.
Valid numbers are X'04'-X'FF'.
Any other number causes an error type 3 on the
5219 emulation, and error type 4 on the 3812
emulation.
85
The control type for the Set Exception Action
command
ec
The first byte of up to 253 paired sets of one
byte numbers (ecac) specifying exception
condition action.
The exception condition value which designates
a group of exception conditions for which the
specified action (defined by the ac byte) should
to be taken.
Valid values of ec are defined below:
X'00' = Action should be taken for all
exceptions in classes 1, 2, 3 and 4.
X'01' = Detection of a condition that may
cause loss of text information.
X'02' = Condition detected that may alter
the appearance of the printed output.
X'03' = A multibyte command detected that
contains an unsupported type or class code.
X'04' = A multibyte command detected that
contains an unsupported parameter or
parameter value.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–53
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
ac
2–54
The second byte of up to 253 paired sets of onebyte numbers (ecac) specifying exception
condition action.
The action to be taken by a process when the
designated exception (defined by the previous ec
byte) is detected.
Valid values for ac are:
X'00' = Accept: Indicate or present a
message to the host that identifies the
exception condition and proceed with the
process.
X'01' = Ignore: No action is required and no
host exception indicator or message is
required.
X'02' = Cancel: The receiving process
terminates with an indicator or message
presented to the host that identifies the
exception that caused the termination
(default for the 3812 and 5219 emulations).
X'03' = Intervention and response required:
Send an indicator or message to the host
that identifies the exception condition and
requests an operator start or cancel
response.
If command processing is required to continue
after an error, it starts processing the data
immediately after the erroneous command unless
otherwise stated in this chapter’s command
descriptions.
If any parameter values are specified other those
outlined above, an error type 4 will be posted.
The command must occur at line boundaries;
otherwise an error type 2 occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set FID Through GFID (SFG) (twinax only)
X'2BD10705gfgffwfwfa'
Selects font ID, font width, and font attributes.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set FID
Through GFID command
D1
The command class for the Set FID Through
GFID command
07
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
05
The control type for the Set FID Through GFID
command
gfgf
A two-byte number specifying the GFID (font).
Valid values are X'0000' - X'FFFF'.
fwfw
A two-byte number specifying the font width.
The 3812 emulation accepts all values, but the
5219 emulation accepts the following values:
X'54' = 17.1 CPI
X'60' = 15 CPI
X'78' = 12 CPI
X'90' = 10 CPI
X'A8' = 8.55 CPI
X'0120' = 5 CPI
all other values cause an error type 4.
Note: IBM fonts allow the font widths to be set
independently of the GFID, which defines
typestyle and size. Xerox fonts, however, do not
have this ability and the font width is determined
by gfgf. The GFID font width values are given in
chapter 5, “Font and character sets,” under
“Character sets.” These values are therefore
checked but ignored.
fa
A one-byte number specifying fixed pitch (fa=1)
or P.S. (fa=2).
Other values cause an error type 4.
Note: If the command does not change the current font, then it
is ignored.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–55
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set GCGID Through GCID (SCG) (twinax only)
X'2BD10601gcgccpcp'
This command operates in ISO6937 mode only, and selects the
global character set ID (GCID) which is used to map subsequent
text into printable graphics.
Where:
2–56
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Graphic
Character Set Global ID (GCGID) Through Global
Character Set ID (GCID) command
D1
The command class for the Set GCGID Through
GCID command
06
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
01
The control type for the Set GCGID Through
GCID command
gcgc
A two-byte number specifying the GCGID in the
range of 0 - 65534.
Invalid values cause an error type 4.
This parameter is ignored.
cpcp
A two-byte number, expressed in hexadecimal,
specifying the code page global ID (CPGID) in
the range of 1 - 65534 decimal.
Valid values are:
037 = English (U.S.)
273 = Austrian/German
274 = Belgian
275 = Brazilian
276 = French Canadian
277 = Danish/Norwegian
278 = Finnish/Swedish
280 = Italian
281 = Japanese - Latin characters
282 = Portuguese
284 = Spanish/Spanish Speaking
285 = English (U.K.)
297 = French
500 = Multinational
892 = OCRA
Invalid values causes code page 500 to be
selected and an error type 4.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Note: This command is ignored if it does not change the current
code page.
How this command relates to other language commands/features
is shown on page 5-7.
Code page definitions can be found in Appendix A.
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA) (coax only)
X'2BC803grop'
Defines the action to be taken when a character in the
datastream is not in the currently selected character set and
cannot be printed (an unprintable graphic character).
Note: This command is supported only by the 4245 emulation.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Graphic
Error Action command
C8
The command class for the Set Graphic Error
Action command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
gr
A one-byte number specifying the graphic to be
substituted.
If the code is not printable it is substituted by a
space (X'40') and no error is reported.
op
A one-byte number specifying the unprintable
character error option which can only be X'01'
meaning no stop, no status.
Any other value causes an invalid parameter
error.
Note: If the SGEA function is not used, then unprintable graphic
characters are replaced with a hyphen (X'60') or, for the 4245
emulation, a space (X'40'). An invalid SGEA setting does not
change the current setting.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–57
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA) (twinax only)
X'2BC803nngguu'
Defines the action to be taken when a character in the data
stream cannot be printed because it is not in the currently
selected character set (an unprintable graphic character).
Where:
2–58
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Graphic
Error Action command
C8
The command class for the Set Graphic Error
Action command
nn
The number of bytes in the command including
the byte count.
Valid values are X'01', X'02' and X'03'.
If nn equals X'01', default values for gg and uu
apply.
If nn equals X'02', gg defined and uu defined as
default value.
If nn equals X'03', gg and uu defined.
Invalid nn parameter causes default values of gg
and uu to be used and an invalid SCS parameter
check or an error type 3 occurs.
gg
The hex value for default graphic.
If gg is not specified or is not printable, the
default value of a hyphen (X'60') is used or, for
the 4245 emulation, a space (X'40') is used.
No invalid check is issued.
uu
The not-printable character option, which
decides the action taken by the printer when it is
asked to print an unprintable character.
The options available are:
X'00' = Neither stop nor return status
X'01' = Neither stop nor return status
(default)
X'02' = Neither stop nor return status
X'03' = Stop and return status
X'04' = Stop and return status.
Invalid value of uu causes default value to be set
and causes an invalid SCS parameter check or an
error type 4.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) (coax only)
X'2BC1nnhhlmrmt1....tn'
Defines the maximum number of characters per line, left margin,
right margin, horizontal tabs, and activates the auto new line
function.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Horizontal
Format command
C1
The command class for the Set Horizontal Format
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command including
nn.
Valid values are X'01' to X'FF'.
If nn equals X'01', the maximum print position
defaults to the user selected value, the left
margin defaults to column 1, the right margin
defaults to mpp, and the tab values are cleared.
These settings represent the printer’s default
state.
A value of X'00' causes an SCS parameter check
and default values to be installed.
hh
A one-byte number specifying the maximum
horizontal print position in characters per line.
Valid values for hh are printer dependent.
The 3812 emulation accepts a maximum value of:
X'8C' (140 decimal) - when the cpi is 10
X'A8' (168 decimal) - when the cpi is 12
X'D2' (210 decimal) - when the cpi is 15
X'DF' (223 decimal) - when the cpi is 17
The 3268 emulation accepts maximum values of
X'84' (132) when 10 cpi is selected and X'DC'
(220) when 17 cpi is selected.
For all other emulations, the maximum value of
hh is X'84' (132) as these emulations support
only 10 cpi.
A value of X'00' causes the default value to be
used.
If the hh value is not valid, defaults for this and
all other parameters are selected and an SCS
parameter check occurs.
The default value for MPP (hh) is set at the
printer.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–59
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Notes:
lm
A one-byte number which specifies the column
value of the left most print position.
If lm is a positive number but less than the
maximum print position (MPP), the value is
adopted as the left margin setting.
If lm is X'00' or nn is less than X'03', defaults are
used for the left margin.
If lm is greater than MPP, defaults are used for
the left margin and horizontal tabs and an SCS
parameter check occurs.
Default = X'01'
rm
A one-byte number which specifies the column
value of the right most print position.
If rm is a positive number which is greater than
or equal to lm, but less than the maximum print
position (MPP), the value is accepted but not
used.
If rm is less than lm or greater than MPP, defaults
are used for the right margin and horizontal tabs
and an SCS parameter check occurs.
Default = maximum print position.
t1....tn
A one-byte numbers that set the column number
for horizontal tabs.
Tab values are valid if they are less than the
maximum print position (MPP) and greater than
or equal to lm.
If this is not the case no tabs are set and an SCS
parameter check occurs.
If a tab value is zero it is not set.
The first tab value is lm and the default is a tab at
each character space from the left margin.
This command must be initialised by a new line or a carriage
return or the old values are used.
The maximum number of tabs is 251.
2–60
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
If the command is received on a page boundary, the page
dimensions are recalculated, possibly changing the page
orientation.
For further information on how the 4045 Model 20 emulation
treats the SHF command, see Appendix D.
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) (twinax only)
X'2BC1nnhh'
Defines the maximum horizontal print position format and
activates the auto new line function on the 3812 and 5219
emulations.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Horizontal
Format command
C1
The command class for the Set Horizontal Format
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values for nn are X'01' and X'02'.
When nn equals X'01' or hh equals X'00', hh
defaults to maximum print position for the
present character pitch.
Any invalid value of nn also causes the system
defaults to be used (these are given below).
Note: The 3812 emulation defaults the right
margin to 13.2 inches if nn=X'01', if hh=X'00',
or if hh is omitted.
If nn equals X'02', the page width is defined by
hh.
hh
A one-byte number specifying the maximum
horizontal print position in character widths.
If the new maximum print position is greater than
the current maximum print position, an automatic
new line occurs.
Proportional space fonts are assumed to have a
pitch of 12 cpi.
The 3812 emulation accepts all values of hh.
For the 5219 emulation, valid values for hh are
from X'00' to the maximum shown below:
X'84' (132 decimal) at 10 cpi
X'98' (158 decimal) at 12 cpi and PS
X'C6' (198 decimal) at 15cpi
These maximum values represent the defaults for
each pitch setting.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–61
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Notes:
Default hh CPI parameters are used if invalid nn or hh parameters
are specified.
Invalid nn causes invalid SCS parameter check or an error type 4.
If hh is less than the left margin, or greater than the right physical
limit, either an SCS parameter check or an error type 4 occurs.
A CPI change may alter the right margin.
If the command is received at a page boundary, the page
dimensions are recalculated, possibly changing the page
orientation.
Set Horizontal Margins (SHM) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn11lmlmrmrm'
Specifies left and right margins in 1/1440th of an inch relative to
the left edge of the page.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Horizontal
Margins command
D2
The command class for the Set Horizontal
Margins command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'04' and X'06'; all other values
cause an error type 3.
11
The control type for the Set Horizontal Margins
command
lmlm
2–62
A two-byte number specifying in 1/1440th of an
inch the left margin relative to the page’s left
edge.
Valid values for lmlm are 0-32767 decimal for the
3812 emulation and 0-19008 decimal for the
5219 emulation; other values cause an error type
4.
If lmlm equals 0, the horizontal margin settings
remain unchanged. If lmlm equals 1, the left
margin is set to 0 inches.
Values not evenly divisible by 1/300th of an inch
are rounded down to the nearest 1/300th.
Note: The default for lmlm in wordprocessing
mode is 2160, and 1 in dataprocessing mode.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
rmrm
A two-byte number specifying in 1/1440th of an
inch the right margin relative to the page’s left
edge.
Valid values are 0-32767 decimal for the 3812
emulation, and 0-19008 decimal for the 5219
emulation; other values cause an error type 4.
If rmrm equals 0 (from the left edge), horizontal
margin settings remain unchanged. If rmrm
equals 1, the right margin is set to 0 inches.
Values not evenly divisible by 1/300th of an inch
are rounded down to the nearest 1/300th.
Support for the right margin parameter is
required only for Set Justify Mode (SJM). The
right margin is ignored, unless SJM is active.
If SJM is active and the right margin setting is
greater than the page width or the maximum
print position, or if the left margin is greater than
the right margin, an error type 2 occurs.
Notes: The default for rmrm in wordprocessing
mode is 10800, and in dataprocessing mode is
19008.
rmrm must be large enough to allow printing.
This is also dependent on the font size.
Note: The command is valid only at line boundaries; if it occurs
anywhere else an error type 2 occurs.
Set Horizontal Tab (STAB) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn01ffaltabs'
Specifies the horizontal tab settings and the alignment
characteristics associated with each tab position. Tab stops
specified by this command always replace the current tab
settings.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–63
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Horizontal
Tab command
D2
The command class for the Set Horizontal Tab
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are, expressed in decimal, 3 and
increments of 3 up to 255.
If nn equals X'03', only ff is specified. This
particular format causes all tabs to be reset.
If nn is less than X'03', an error type 3 occurs. If
processing continues, the command is ignored.
01
The control type for the Set Horizontal Tab
command
ff
The tab stop value, which is either floating or
fixed.
If ff equals X'00', the tab stop value is defined in
character widths from the left margin (floating).
If ff equals X'01', tab stop value is given in
1/1440th of an inch from the left margin (fixed).
Any other values of ff cause an error type 4.
al
A one-byte number specifying the type of
alignment to be performed in positioning the
text at the designated tab stop.
This must always be X'00' for normal alignment
and be associated with two further bytes, which
actually define the tabs; otherwise an error type 4
occurs.
tabs
A two-byte number specifying the horizontal
location of the tab stop.
The method of calculating the tab position is
dependent on the value of ff.
Valid values for tabs are 0-32767 decimal; other
values cause an error type 4.
Tabs must be associated with an al byte and may
be in any order.
tabs = X'00' no tabs set.
tabs = X'01' tab stop set at left margin
Other values are rounded down to the nearest
1/30th of an inch if they are not multiples of
1/30th of an inch.
Note: This command is valid only at line boundaries.
follow this restriction causes an error type 2.
2–64
Failure to
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Indent Level (SIL) (twinax only)
X'2BD20307il'
Specifies the indent tab level to be applied to the text without
requiring tab stops. The indent tab supplied by this function is
processed as if the indent level was set by a horizontal tab.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Indent
Level command
D2
The command class for the Set Indent Level
command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
07
The control type for the Set Indent Level
command
il
A one-byte number specifying the indent tab
level in number of tabs from left margin.
Valid values X'00' - X'54'.
A value greater than X'54' causes an error type 2.
Note: This command is valid only at line boundaries. Failure to
follow this restriction causes an error type 2.
Set Initial Conditions (SIC) (twinax only)
X'2BD20345si'
Sets and resets internal formatting parameters
initialisation values and indicates the end of a document.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
to
their
2–65
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Initial
Conditions command
D2
The command class for the Set Initial Conditions
command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
45
The control type for the Set Initial Conditions
command
si
A one-byte number designating a set of initial
conditions.
The valid conditions are:
X'01' = Word processing environment (US)
X'02' = Word processing environment (NonUS)
X'FF' = Data processing environment
(default).
Any other values for si are invalid and cause an
error type 4.
When the SIC occurs requesting, dataprocessing
mode, the output tray is jogged (offset).
The following parameters are set by the SIC command:
2–66
Parameter/condition
D/P mode
W/P mode
Page width
n/a
216 mm
Left margin
0.0 inches
1.5 inches
Right margin
13.2 inches
7.5 inches
Top margin
432 mm
1.17 inches
Release left margin
no
no
First writing line
1
7
Font (GFID)
11
85
Auto new line
active
inactive
Auto new page
active
inactive
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Parameter/condition
D/P mode
W/P mode
Page length
n/a
279 mm
Lines per inch
6
6
Line spacing
single
single
Maximum print lines
5219 = 1
3812 = 66
n/a
Maximum print position
132
n/a
Pitch (CPI)
10
12
Tab stops
cleared
cleared
Indent level
left margin
left margin
Character set ID
UI selected
CP 500
Font attribute
fixed pitch
fixed pitch
Forms control type
paper
paper
Source paper tray
bottom
bottom
Output tray
1
1
Ribbon saver mode (print quality)
draft
draft
Justification
inactive
inactive
Justification % rule
100%
100%
Continuous underscore
inactive
inactive
Continuous overstrike
inactive
inactive
Bolding
inactive
inactive
Unprintable character option
no stop
terminate
Substitute character
hyphen
hyphen
Exception action
terminate
terminate
Feed type
cut sheet
cut sheet
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–67
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Justify Mode (SJM) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn0Dstpr'
Specifies justification of the following lines of text. SJM produces
right-aligned text. Once an SJM command is active, it remains in
effect until deactivated by another command. The text is justified
to the right margin as specified by a previous Set Horizontal
Margin (SHM) command. When this command is active, the last
line of a paragraph is not justified. Paragraph delimiters are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
two or more new lines or interchange record separator
required new line
new line, line feed
new line, horizontal tab
new line, indent tab
new line, space
new line, numeric space
new line, required space
new line, backspace
required, form feed
index return
new line, carriage return
new line, release left margin
new line, numeric backspace.
These must be consecutive with no single-byte command codes
between them. All such multi- and single-byte codes are ignored
when computing paragraph boundaries.
2–68
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
Notes:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Justify
Mode command
D2
The command class for the Set Justify Mode
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'03' and X'04'; all others cause
an error type 3.
0D
The control type for the Set Justify Mode
command
st
Specifies the state of justification:
X'01' = justification is active
X'00' = justification is inactive.
All other values cause an error type 4.
pr
A one-byte number which specifies the percent
of justification as follows:
X'00' = None
X'01'-X'4B' = Half
X'4C'-X'64' = Full (default)
Other values cause an error type 4, though
values in brackets default as shown if processing
is allowed to continue.
Half justification
emulation.
is
not
currently
supported
in
the
3812
Text beyond the right margin is not justified by the 5219
emulation and causes an error type 2. The 3812 emulation,
however, reduces the white space between characters to less
than a “space” width in order to achieve justification.
This command is not allowed when JTF is active, and must occur
at line boundaries; if either of these conditions are not met, an
error type 2 will occur.
Unexpected results may occur if this command is used without
having previously set the horizontal margins.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–69
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Line Density (SLD) (coax only)
X'2BC6nnld'
Defines the vertical space required for one print line (Lines Per
Inch-LPI), overriding those set at the control panel.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Line
Density command
C6
The command class for the Set Line Density
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'01' and X'02'.
If nn equals X'01', ld defaults to the value set at
the printer, except for the 3287 emulation, which
defaults to 6 LPI.
If nn equals X'02', the ld parameter is used.
ld
The line density or the distance moved for a
single line of vertical spacing.
The valid values for this parameter for each
emulation and the correlation between LPI and
the ld value are:
X'00' = 6 3262, 3268, 3287, 3812,4245,
6262, 4045 Model 20
X'09' = 8 3262, 3268, 3287, 3812,4245, 6262
X'0C' = 6 3262, 3268, 3287, 3812,4245,
6262, 4045 Model 20
X'12' = 4 3262, 3268, 3287, 3812, 6262,
4045 Model 20
X'18' = 3 3262, 3268, 3287, 3812, 6262,
4045 Model 20
An invalid value for nn or ld causes all emulations to use a
default of 6 LPI and an invalid SCS parameter check to occur. The
exceptions to this are the 3262, 4245 and 6262 emulations,
which use the previously defined LPI value.
2–70
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Line Density (SLD) (twinax only)
X'2BC6nnld'
Defines the vertical space required for one print line (Lines Per
Inch or LPI) overriding those set at the control panel.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Line
Density command
C6
The command class for the Set Line Density
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'01' and X'02'.
If nn equals X'01' or ld equals X'00', all
emulations use a line density of 6 LPI, except for
the 4245 and the 6262 emulations, which use the
value set at the printer’s control panel.
If nn equals X'02', the ld parameter is used.
ld
The line density or the distance moved for a
single line of vertical spacing.
The valid values for this parameter for each
emulation and the correlation between LPI and
the ld value are:
X'00' = Def
3812, 4245, 5219, 5262, 6262
X'06' = 12
3812, 5219
X'08' = 9.6
3812, 5219
X'09' = 8
3812, 4245, 5219, 5262, 6262
X'0C' = 6
3812, 4245, 5219, 5262, 6262
X'0D' = 5.33
3812, 5219
X'12' = 4
3812, 5219, 6262
X'18' = 3
6262
Notes:
For line spacing of 9.6 and 5.33 lpi, the Xerox
printer provides a ”best fit” due to differing
technologies. The same applies for the IBM 3812
printer.
The 5224/5225 emulations accept any values of ld
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–71
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
An invalid value for nn causes the LPI to remain unchanged for all
emulations, except the 3812 and 5262 emulations, which default
to 6 lpi.
Invalid values of ld cause no change to the 4245, 6262 and 5262
emulations. Invalid values for the 3812 and 5219 emulations are
rounded up to the next accepted ld value until ld is greater than
X'12'; then lpi is set to 6.
An invalid SCS parameter check or an error type 3 occurs for any
of the above errors.
Set Line Spacing (SLS) (twinax only)
X'2BD20309ls'
Specifies multiple line spacing, in half lines, to be moved when
encountering: a new line, required new line, line feed, or an
interchange record separator.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Line
Spacing command
D2
The command class for the Set Line Spacing
command
03
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
09
The control type for the Set Line Spacing
command
ls
A one-byte number specifying the multiple line
spacing in half lines.
Valid values for the 5219 emulation are X'02',
X'03', X'04', and X'06'(default = X'02').
All other values cause an error type 4.
The 3812 emulation accepts all values of ls.
Note: This command is valid only at line boundaries. Failure to
follow this restriction causes an error type 2.
2–72
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Presentation Page Size (SPPS) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn40wdwddpdp'
Specifies the width and depth of the physical page in the printer.
This command deactivates auto new line and auto page end; so,
if text is placed beyond the right extent of the page, an error
type 1 occurs.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set
Presentation Page Size command
D2
The command class for the Set Presentation Page
Size command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'04' and X'06'; all other values
cause an error type 3.
40
The control type for the Set Presentation Page
Size command
wdwd
A two-byte number specifying width of the page
in 1/1440th of an inch.
Valid values are 0-19008 decimal for the 5219
emulation and 0-32767 decimal for the 3812
emulation.
If wdwd equals X'00' the width of the page
remains unchanged.
dpdp
A two-byte number specifying the depth of the
page in 1/1440th of an inch.
Valid values are 0-32767 decimal.
If dpdp is omitted or equals X'00', the depth of
the page remains unchanged.
Note: Out of range values for either wdwd or dpdp produce an
error type 4. This command must occur at page boundaries;
otherwise, an error type 2 occurs.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–73
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Print Density (SPD) (coax only)
X'2BD2nn2900cp'
Defines the number of characters to be printed per horizontal
inch (CPI).
Where:
2–74
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Print
Density command
D2
The command class for the Set Print Density
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
The valid conditions are:
X'02'= the default value for CPI applies
X'04'= CPI is defined by cp.
Any other values cause the default value of CPI,
which is set at the printer, to be used and an
invalid SCS parameter check.
29
The control type for the Set Print Density
command
00
A one-byte number which must be X'00'
cp
A one-byte number which specifies a CPI value
for the emulations as follows:
X'00' = Def
3812, 3268, 6262
X'0A' = 10 CPI
3812, 3268, 6262
X'0C' = 12 CPI
3812
X'0F' = 15 CPI
3812
X'10' = 17 CPI
3812, 3268
An invalid cp parameter causes the CPI default
to be set at the printer, and an invalid SCS
parameter check.
Changing the CPI value may increase the
maximum print position.
If a CPI change does not increase the maximum
print position, it stays as originally set by Set
Horizontal Format.
Note: Font Titan 17M is equal to 16.67
characters per inch. The value of 16.67 is used
when calculating orientation.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Printer Set up (SPSU) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn4Cxxpfxxsi'
Specifies the paper feed unit and the printer set up to be used. It
does not affect the current source paper tray settings.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Printer Set
up command
D2
The command class for the Set Printer Setu p
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'04' - X'41'; all other values
cause an error type 3.
xx
A one-byte number which is reserved for future
use and must be set to X'00'.
pf
A one-byte number specifying the feed unit to
be used.
The following values are valid:
X'00' = no change (supported)
X'01' = select manual feed (supported)
X'02' = select form feed (ignored)
X'03' = select auto-cut sheet feed
(supported)
Any other values cause an error type 4.
xx
A one-byte number which is reserved for future
use and must be set to X'00'.
si
A string of EBCDIC values up to 60 bytes in
length, which is ignored.
Note: This command is only valid at page boundaries. Failure to
follow this restriction causes an error type 2.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–75
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Single Line Distance (SSLD) (twinax only)
X'2BD20415ldld'.
Specifies the vertical distance moved for a single line space. This
control, combined with the Set Line Spacing (SLS) control,
specifies the distance moved for the vertical space controls.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Single
Line Distance command
D2
The command class for the Set Single Line
Distance command
04
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself
15
The control type for the Set Single Line Distance
command
ldld
A two-byte number specifying the line depth in
1/1440th of an inch.
The default value is X'00F0' (6 LPI).
Values supported by the 5219 emulation are:
X'001E' = 48 LPI
X'003C'= 24 LPI
X'0078' = 12 LPI
X'0096' = 9.6 LPI
X'00B4' = 8 LPI
X'00F0' = 6 LPI
X'010E' = 5.3 LPI
X'0168' = 4 LPI
X'023A'= 1 line per cm.
The 3812 emulation supports ldld values ranging
from 1 to 2767.
Unsupported values for ldld give an error type 4.
Note: The command is valid only at line boundaries; otherwise an
error type 2 occurs.
2–76
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Text Orientation (STO) (coax only)
X'2BD10683xx002D00'
Sets the in line direction of characters on a page.
Note: This command is used on dot-matrix printers to improve
print alignment and is provided for compatibility. It has no effect
on a laser printer.
Where:
Notes:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Text
Orientation command
D1
The command class for the Set Text Orientation
command
06
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
The only valid value is X'06'; all other values
cause an error type 4.
83
The control type for the Set Text Orientation
command
xx
A one-byte number which specifies the in line
direction.
Valid values are:
X'00' = Left to right
X'5A' = Right to left
All other values are invalid and result in an invalid
SCS parameter check.
00
A required parameter which must be X'00'
2D
A required parameter which must be X'2D'
00
A required parameter which must be X'00'
The STO command is valid only at a line boundary; that is,
immediately following an Inter-Record Separator (IRS), New Line
(NL), Line Feed (LF), Form Feed (FF), Vertical Tab (VT) or Vertical
Channel Select (VCS). If the STO is received at any other time, an
invalid SCS parameter check results.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–77
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Text Orientation (STO) (twinax only)
X'2BD3nnF6cacalala'
Rotates the page. This command is supported on the 3812 and
5219 emulations.
Where:
2–78
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Text
Orientation command
D3
The command class for the Set Text Orientation
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
The only valid value is X'06'; all other values
cause an error type 4.
F6
The control type for the Set Text Orientation
command
caca
A two-byte number which specifies clockwise
character rotation. XCTO does not support this
option.
lala
A two-byte number specifying the clockwise
rotation in 1/128 increments of a degree from
the base line.
Valid values of lala are:
X'0000' = Portrait
X'2D00'= Landscape
X'5A00'= Portrait
X'8700' = Landscape
X'FFFE' = Select computer output reduction
(COR)
X'FFFF' = Default (orientation based on SPPS
command).
Other values cause an error type 4 to occur.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Vertical Format (SVF) (coax only)
X'2BC2nnvvtmbmt1...tn'
Specifies the maximum number of lines per page, top margin,
bottom margin, and vertical tabs. The first 12 tabs specify the
Vertical Channel Select stops. On processing this command, the
current line becomes logical line one, except on the 3812
emulation where it causes a form feed.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Vertical
Format command
C2
The command class for the Set Vertical Format
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
The valid values are X'01' - X'FF'.
If nn equals 01, the defaults used are the page
length and bottom margin set at the printer, 1
for top margin, and no tabs set.
A value of X'00'causes an SCS parameter check
and default values to be used
vv
A one-byte number which specifies the maximum
number of lines per page (MPL).
Valid maximum values for vv, shown in decimal,
are emulation dependent as follows:
3262 = 127 (X'7F')
3268 = 127 (X'7F')
3287 = 102 (X'66')
3812 = 42 (X'2A')@3lpi, 56 (X'38')@4lpi, 84
(X'54')@6lpi, 112 (X'70')@8lpi
4245 = 127 (X'7F')
6262 = 127 (X'7F')
4045 Model 20 = 102 (X'66')
A value of X'00' causes the default values set at
the printer to be used.
If the vv value is not in range, an SCS parameter
check results and default value set at the printer
is used
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–79
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
2–80
tm
A one-byte number which specifies the first print
line of the page
If tm is a positive number, but less than or equal
to the maximum page length (MPL), the value is
adopted as the top margin setting.
If tm is X'00' or nn is less than 3, defaults are
used for the top margin.
If tm is greater than MPL, defaults are used for
the top margin, bottom margin, and vertical tabs,
and an SCS parameter check results.
Default = 1
bm
A one-byte number which specifies the last print
line of the page.
If bm is a positive number that is greater than or
equal to tm, but less than or equal to the
maximum page length (MPL), the value is
adopted as the bottom margin.
If bm is X'00' or nn is less than 4, the bottom
margin defaults to MPL.
If bm is less than tm or greater than MPL,
defaults are used for the bottom margin, and
vertical tabs, and an SCS parameter check results.
Default = maximum lines per page.
t1...tn
These one-byte values set line number values for
both Vertical Tabs (VT) and Vertical Channel
Select (VCS) functions.
Tab values are valid if they are less than bm and
greater than or equal to tm; if this is not the
case, an SCS parameter check occurs.
If an error is found, tab processing stops and the
tab values last set remain unchanged.
If a tab value is zero, it sets no tab or channel
value.
tm is always the first tab value.
Default = each line from the top margin.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Notes:
If this command is received at a page boundary, the page
dimensions are recalculated, possibly changing the page
orientation.
The maximum number of tabs that can be set is 251.
For further information on how the 4045 Model 20 treats the SVF
command, refer to Appendix D.
Set Vertical Format (SVF) (twinax only)
X'2BC2nnvv'
Specifies the maximum number of lines per page and starts the
auto page end function on the 5219 and 3812 emulations. On
processing this command, the current line becomes logical line
one except on the 3812 emulation, where it causes a form feed.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Justify Text
Field command
C2
The command class for the Justify Text Field
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
The only valid values are X'02' and X'01'.
If nn equals X'01', vv defaults to the appropriate
value for the selected printer. These values are 66
lines for the 3812, 1 line for the 5219, and the
value set at the printer for all other emulations.
If nn equals X'02', the vv parameter is used.
If nn is invalid, the default of the maximum lines
per page is used.
vv
The maximum number of lines per page.
Valid values for vv are X'00' - X'FF'. A value of 00
causes a default value to be used.
Default value for vv are 66 lines for the 3812,
one line for the 5219, and the value set at the
printer for all other emulations.
Note: If this command is received at a page boundary, the
dimensions are recalculated, possibly changing the page
orientation.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–81
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Set Vertical Margins (SVM) (twinax only)
X'2BD2nn49tmtmbmbm'
Specifies top and bottom margins.
Where:
2B
The control sequence prefix of the Set Vertical
Margins command
D2
The command class for the Set Vertical Margins
command
nn
The number of bytes in the command string
including the byte count itself.
Valid values are X'04' - X'06'; all other values
cause an error type 3.
49
The control type for the Set Vertical Margins
command
tmtm
2–82
A two-byte number which specifies, in 1/1440 of
an inch, the distance from the top edge to the
baseline of the first print line on the page.
Valid values for tmtm are 0-32767 decimal; any
others cause an error type 4.
If any attempt is made to print text above the
top margin, an error type 1 occurs, e.g., for a
tmtm between 1-239 for 6 LPI.
This error type is posted before printing the first
character.
If tmtm equals X'00', the top margin remains
unchanged.
If tmtm is not a multiple of 1/300th, then it is
rounded down to the nearest 1/300th.
For a tmtm greater than the page depth, it
defaults to the page depth and causes an error
type 1.
The default is X'00', but can be set to a different
value at the printer.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
bmbm
A two-byte number which specifies, in 1/1440th
of an inch, the bottom of the last print line
relative to the top edge.
Support for this parameter is not required and
thus it is not used on 5219 emulation and is
optional on 3812 emulation.
Note: This command must occur on the page boundaries;
otherwise an error type 2 occurs.
Space (SP)
X'40'
Causes the print position to move one character width right. This
width may be increased for justification on the 5219 emulation,
and increased/decreased for justification on the 3812 emulation.
Where:
40
The control sequence of the Space command
Subscript (SBS) (twinax only)
X'38'
Causes downward displacement of half a line. The number of half
line displacements up and down are tracked, with an equal
number of each causing a return to the baseline. If not equal at
the end of a line, a hanging half index condition occurs. Since
index conditions are related to current vertical position, all
following lines are offset until displacement counts become
equal. The 3812 emulation accepts any number of SBSs, while
the 5219 emulation support only one level of subscription.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
2–83
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Where:
38
The control sequence of the Subscript command
Substitute (SUB) (twinax only)
X'3F'
The substitute character (hyphen) is printed.
Where:
3F
The control sequence of the Substitute command
Superscript (SPS) (twinax only)
X'09'
Causes upward displacement of half a line. The number of half
line displacements up and down are tracked, with an equal
number of each causing a return to the baseline. If not equal at
the end of a line, a hanging half index condition occurs. Since
index conditions are related to current vertical position all
following lines are offset until displacement counts become
equal. 3812 emulation accepts multiple of SPSs, while the 5219
emulation supports only one level of superscript.
Where:
09
2–84
The control sequence of the Superscript
command
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Switch (SW) (twinax only)
X'2A'
No-op occurs and no character is printed.
Where:
2A
The control sequence of the Switch command
Transparent (TRN)
X'35nn'
This command indicates the start of a transparent datastream.
Data within a transparent stream is defined by the user;
therefore, the printer does not scan the SCS data for control
codes. A hyphen is substituted, however, for all codes below
X'40'.
Where:
35
The control sequence prefix of the Transparent
command
nn
The number of bytes following this command not
to be checked for printed datastream commands.
Underscore (US)
X'6D'
Prints the underscore character.
Where:
6D
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The control sequence of the Underscore
command
2–85
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Unit Backspace (UBS) (twinax only)
X'1A'
In proportional space mode, this command causes a back space
one escape unit in width (always a 1/60th of an inch). In normal
mode, a no-op occurs.
Where:
1A
The control sequence of the Unit Backspace
command
Vertical Channel Select (VCS) (coax only)
X'04vv'
Allows the movement of the paper to a specific line number. This
is achieved by using the top margin and the first 11 tab settings
from the Set Vertical Format command to specify 12 vertical
channels. The first channel is always the top margin, even if no
tabs have been set.
Where:
2–86
04
The control sequence prefix of the Vertical
Channel Select command
vv
The byte that selects the channel to skip to.
The correlations between valid values and the
channel selection are:
X'7A' = 10
X'7B' = 11
X'7C' = 12
X'81' = 1
X'82' = 2
X'83' = 3
X'84' = 4
X'85' = 5
X'86' = 6
X'87' = 7
X'88' = 8
X'89' = 9
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Note: For the 3287 and 4045 Model 20 emulations, this
command is not supported and causes a line feed.
All values, except channel one, must be specified before use;
otherwise, the VCS command is treated as a Line feed. If the
channel selected is less than or equal to the current page
position, the print position moves to the correct line on the next
page.
Vertical Tab (VT) (coax only)
X'0B'
Moves the print position vertically down to the next tab stop
setting, which is set by the Set Vertical Format command. If no
vertical tab stops are below the current print position, a vertical
tab results in a line feed. If a vertical tab is requested with the
print position below the bottom margin, it results in a move to
the top margin of the next page.
Where:
0B
The control sequence of the Vertical Tab
command
Word Underscore (WUS) (twinax only)
X'23'
Causes the preceding complete word/words to be underscored
back to the word begin delimiter.
Where:
23
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The control sequence of the Word Underscore
command
2–87
DATASTREAM COMMANDS
Word delimiters are:
•
Backspace
•
New line
•
Horizontal tab
•
•
Line feed
Indent tab
•
Justify text field
•
Form feed
•
•
Required new line
Required form feed
•
•
Space
Numeric space
•
Unit backspace
•
Word underscore
•
•
Carriage return
Interchange record separator
•
•
All four presentation position commands
Underscore graphic.
The 5219 emulation underscores at baseline level only, while the
3812 emulation underscores at super and subscript levels.
Xerox Transparent (TRN) (coax only)
X'36nn'
This command indicates the start of a transparent datastream.
Data within a transparent stream is defined by the user;
therefore, the printer does not scan the SCS data for control
codes. A hyphen is substituted, however, for all codes below
X'40'. Unlike the IBM Transparent mode X'35', codes below X'40'
are not substituted with a hyphen.
Where:
2–88
36
The control sequence prefix of the Transparent
command
nn
The number of bytes following this command not
to be checked for printed datastream commands.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3.
Special features
This chapter describes those features of the Xerox Coax/Twinax
Option (XCTO) which are either not available on the emulated
IBM printers or are available in a different form. These are the
value-added features which provide you with benefits over a plug
compatible emulation of an IBM printer. Many of these features
already exist on protocol converters sold by Xerox. When
possible, access to these features within the XCTO design is
compatible with existing protocol converters. The features
described in this chapter allow the printer to support the
following Xerox-supplied host software packages:
•
•
•
•
XDGI/XPPI
RPMF
XPAF
XICS.
The additional features of XCTO are discussed in this chapter.
The method by which the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option passes
commands and data to the printer is controlled at the printer’s
control panel. This is used to set the following:
•
•
Translation modes (see below)
Special features operation (page 3-8).
Modes of translation
There are three modes of translation: ISO6937, EBCDIC-SNA,
and EBCDIC-DSC. These modes are provided to give you
maximum flexibility as well as backward compatibility with
previous Xerox products. The translation modes are selected at
the printer’s control panel. The method of selection for these
modes is fully described in your Xerox 4213 Laser Printer User
Guide.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–1
SPECIAL FEATURES
Using these modes, XCTO translates as follows:
•
ISO6937—All data is translated by XCTO as shown in the
tables in Appendix A.
•
EBCDIC (SNA)—Data
translation.
•
EBCDIC (DSC)—Characters X'08' to X'BF' are remapped to
X'40' to X'FF', as shown in the EBCDIC—DSC translate table
in Appendix A. This is carried out to create the DSC input
required by the printer.
is
passed
to
the
printer
without
Figures 3-1 to 3-6 show the translation processes according to
the mode, ISO6937 or EBCDIC-SNA or EBCDIC-DSC, set at the
printer’s control panel.
Notes:
1. The IBM EBCDIC-DSC code pages supported in the ISO6937
mode and the EBCDIC-DSC mode are given in Appendix A.
The EBCDIC-SNA character mappings for APL and OCR are
also given in Appendix A. Other EBCDIC-SNA tables can be
found in the printer documentation.
2. The special features which allow translate table customisation
and user string definition are not available when the printer
has been set for EBCDIC-SNA or EBCDIC-DSC. All the other
special features described later in this chapter function in
whichever translation mode the XCTO is operating.
3–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
ISO6937 mode
Figure 3-1.
Normal
characters
Translate from
current language
to internal
EBCDIC code
page
Translation
environment
Process special
feature
commands
process
for
the
coax
LU1
Translate from
internal code
page to
ISO6937
characters
SCS characters
from a coax host
APL characters
OCR characters
Translate from
EBCDIC APL to
ASCII APL
Process special
feature
commands
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Print ISO/
ASCII
characters
Translate from
EBCDIC OCR
to ASCII OCR
3–3
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-2.
Normal
characters
DSC characters
from a coax host
APL
characters
3–4
Translate from
current
language to
internal
EBCDIC code
page
Translate from
DSC to EBCDIC
APL (Code page
310)
Translation
environment
Process
special
feature
commands
process
for
the
coax
LU3
Translate
from internal
code page to
ISO6937
characters
Print ISO/
ASCII
characters
Translate from
EBCDIC APL to
ASCII APL
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-3.
Normal
characters
SCS characters
from a twinax
host
Translate from
current
language to
internal
EBCDIC code
page
OCR characters
Translation process for the twinax environment
Process
special
feature
commands
Process
special
feature
commands
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Translate
from internal
code page to
ISO6937
characters
Print ISO/
ASCII
characters
Translate
from
EBCDIC
OCR to
ASCII OCR
3–5
SPECIAL FEATURES
EBCDIC-SNA mode
Figure 3-4.
Normal
characters
Translation process for the coax environment
Process
special
feature
commands
SCS and DSC
characters from
a coax host
3–6
APL characters
Print
EBCDIC
characters
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-5.
Normal
characters
SCS characters
from a twinax
host
Translation process for the twinax environment
Process
special
feature
commands
Print
EBCDIC
characters
OCR characters
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Process
special
feature
commands
3–7
SPECIAL FEATURES
EBCDIC-DSC mode
Figure 3-6.
Normal
characters
DSC characters
from a coax
host
APL characters
Translate from
IBM DSC to
Xerox XES DSC
code page
Translation
process
environment
for
the
coax
LU3
Process
special
feature
commands
Print
EBCDIC
characters
Translate from
IBM DSC to
Xerox XES DSC
code page
Modes of special feature operation
There are four different ways of operating special features.
Special features can be completely disabled or operated in either
of two limited modes or operated using all of the features. The
limited feature modes are referred to as the Xerox Special
Transparent Mode (STM Xerox) and the Rank Xerox Special
Transparent Mode (STM Rank Xerox).
Note: When operating in the full feature mode, the functionality
available to the you is dependent on the translation mode
adopted. Remember that the translation table features are not
available when you are operating in either of the two EBCDIC
modes.
Select the method of special feature operation at the printer’s
control panel. This selection process is fully described in your
Xerox 4213 Laser Printer User Guide.
3–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Xerox Special Transparency mode
Xerox Special Transparency mode allows you to send text,
control codes, font data, and graphic data to the printer. When
the printer is in this transparency mode, all IBM control codes
and commands are stripped from the input data and discarded.
This mode allows you to define command/data in ISO6937
hexadecimal, and text strings in EBCDIC, which can be sent to
the printer. This transparency mode is invoked when the Xerox
special transparency entry string is detected in the data-stream.
The entry string is:
|¬
(EBCDIC X‘4F 5F')
It is terminated by the Xerox Special Transparency mode exit
string.
The exit string is:
$
(EBCDIC X‘5B')
The format of the data is defined below:
|¬ X'nn' X'nn' ”text” 'X'nn' X'nn' ”text” $
|¬
The command to enter the Xerox Special
Transparency mode.
X'nn'
The hex values which define ISO6937 code
points. Only the characters A-F and 0-9 are valid
characters for defining the hex codes. All other
characters, commands, and control codes are
stripped out.
”text”
An EBCDIC text string which must be enclosed in
either single or double quotes. Only
alphanumeric characters and spaces are allowed
between the quotes. These are translated to the
equivalent ISO6937 value for printing.
$
The interface escape character which terminates
the Xerox Special Transparency mode.
Note: If an error is detected during transparency, for example, an
odd number of bytes or a byte not in the range of F0-F9 or C1C6, an appropriate error message is logged. In this mode hex
values between 81-86 are treated as if they are equivalent to C1C6.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–9
SPECIAL FEATURES
Example:
|¬ 1B 62 'Xerox' 0D 0A 'LASER PRINTERS' 0D 0A 41 42 43 44
1B 2B 50 0D 0A $
prints the following in bold characters:
Xerox
LASER PRINTERS
ABCD
|¬
Sets the Xerox Special Transparency mode
1B
The hex value for ESC
62
The hex value of the letter b which is the XES
command to set bolding
'XEROX'
The word XEROX enclosed in single quotes
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
'LASER
PRINTERS'
3–10
The words LASER PRINTERS enclosed in single
quotes
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
41 42 43 44
The hex values of the letters A, B, C and D
1B 2B 50
The hex values for ESC+P which is the XES
command to print
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
$
Exits the Xerox Special Transparency mode
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode allows you to send text,
control codes, font data and graphic data to the printer. When
the printer is in Transparency mode, all IBM control codes and
commands are stripped from the input data and discarded.
This mode allows you to define command/data in ISO6937
hexadecimal, and text strings in EBCDIC, which can be sent to
the printer. This Transparency mode is invoked when the Rank
Xerox special transparency entry string is detected in the
datastream.
The entry string is:
?%
(EBCDIC X‘6F 6C')
It is terminated by the Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
exit string.
The exit string is:
>
(EBCDIC X‘6E')
The format of the data is defined below:
? % X'nn' X'nn' ”text” 'X'nn' X'nn' ”text” >
?%
The command to enter the Rank Xerox Special
Transparency mode.
X'nn'
The hex values which define ISO6937 code
points. Only the characters A-F and 0-9 are valid
characters for defining the hex codes. All other
characters, commands, and control codes are
stripped out.
”text”
An EBCDIC text string which must be enclosed in
either single or double quotes. Only
alphanumeric characters and spaces are allowed
between the quotes. These are translated to the
equivalent ISO6937 value for printing.
>
The interface escape character which terminates
the Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode.
Note: If an error is detected during transparency, for example, an
odd number of bytes or a byte not in the range of F0-F9 or C1C6, an appropriate error message is logged. In this mode hex
values between 81-86 are treated as if they are equivalent to C1C6.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–11
SPECIAL FEATURES
Example:
? % 1B 62 'Rank Xerox' 0D 0A 'LASER PRINTERS' 0D 0A 41 42
43 44 1B 2B 50 0D 0A >
prints the following in bold characters:
Rank Xerox
LASER PRINTERS
ABCD
Where
?%
Sets the Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
1B
The hex value for ESC
62
The hex value of the letter b which is the XES
command to set bolding
'Rank Xerox'
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
'LASER
PRINTERS'
The words LASER PRINTERS enclosed in single
quotes
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
41 42 43 44
The hex values of the letters A, B, C and D
1B 2B 50
The hex values for ESC+P which is the XES
command to print
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
>
3–12
The words Rank Xerox enclosed in single quotes
Exits the Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Full special feature mode
The following special features are provided:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Normal mode
Filter mode
Transparency mode
Data Monitor mode
User-defined strings
Customised translate tables
GFID to Xerox font cross reference
Ability to customise power up default parameters.
The commands which invoke these features are organised under
the following headings.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The interface escape character—page 3-17
Mode change commands—page 3-18
User defined strings—page 3-27
Translate table options—page 3-30
GFID cross reference table—page 3-40
Defaults—page 3-41
Saving default settings—page 3-75.
Most of these features are accessed using the interface escape
character; this is described on page 3-17.
Throughout this manual @ has been used as the interface escape
character and * where the printer escape character has been
used in examples.
In chapter 4, ”Applications,” there are some examples which
show how the special feature commands are used in conjunction
with the XES commands to enable you to make full use of the
Xerox printer.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL,
(carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
Table 3-1 provides a summary of all of the special feature
commands and their default settings. The table is arranged in the
same order as the detailed descriptions. The command
description includes the page number where the information can
be found.
The interface escape character is represented as @, and the letter
n indicates that you need to insert a parameter to qualify the
command. Refer to the relevant section for details.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–13
SPECIAL FEATURES
Table 3-1.
Description of feature
Summary of special features
Command
Default
&&??@
None
Enter Filter mode (page 3-20)
See Set Filter mode entry string
@Y36,1@
Set Filter mode entry string (page 3-20)
@Y200,'<string>'@
@Y36,1@
Exit filter mode (page 3-20)
See Set Filter mode exit string
@Y36,0@
Set Filter mode exit string (page 3-20)
@Y201,'<string>'@
@Y36,0@
Enter Multibyte Transparency mode (page 3-21)
See Set Transparency mode
entry string
@@
Set Transparency mode entry string (page 3-21)
@Y202,'<string>'@
@@
Exit Multibyte Transparency mode (page 3-23)
See Set Transparency mode
exit string
@
Set Transparency mode exit string (page 3-23)
@Y203,'<string>'@
@
Single Byte Transparency mode (page 3-24)
@nn
None
Enter Data Monitor mode (page 3-25)
@T1,
None
Exit Data Monitor mode (page 3-25)
@T1,
None
Download user string (page 3-28)
@Y61,'<string>'@
None
Recall user string (page 3-29)
@Zn
None
Create translate table (page 3-31)
@Y71,<table no.>@
None
Delete translate table (page 3-31)
@Y72,<table no.>@
None
Interface escape character
Define interface escape character (page 3-17)
Mode change commands
User-defined strings
Translate table options
3–14
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Table 3-1.
Summary of special features (continued)
Description of feature
Command
Default
Modify translate table (page 3-32)
@Y75,<CTT><ISO6937>@
None
Create APL translate table (page 3-34)
@Y76,<table no.>@
None
Delete APL translate table (page 3-34)
@Y77,<table no.>@
None
Select APL translate table (page 3-35)
@Y78,<table no.>@
None
Modify APL translate table (page 3-35)
@Y80,<CTT><APL>@
None
Create OCR translate table (page 3-36)
@Y81,<table no.>@
None
Delete OCR translate table (page 3-37)
@Y82,<table no.>@
None
Select OCR translate table (page 3-38)
@Y83,<table no.>@
None
Modify OCR translate table (page 3-38)
@Y85,<CTT><OCR>@
None
Print translate table (page 3-39)
@T2,
None
Assign GFID cross reference (page 3-40)
@Y97,<GFID>
<fontname/string>@
see chapter 5
Delete GFID assignment (page 3-41)
@Y97,86@
see chapter 5
Lines Per Inch (page 3-43)
@Y2,n@
6
Characters Per Inch (page 3-44)
@Y3,n@
10
Line Spacing (page 3-44)
@Y4,n@
1
Page Length (MPL) (page 3-45)
@Y5,n@
66
Maximum Print Position (MPP) (page 3-46)
@Y6,n@
132
LU1 language (page 3-46)
@Y8,n@
14
Top Binding Margin (page 3-47)
@Y110,n@
0
Left Binding Margin (page 3-48)
@Y112,n@
0
GFID cross reference table
Defaults—Page format options
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–15
SPECIAL FEATURES
Table 3-1.
Summary of special features (continued)
Description of feature
Command
Default
Automatic New Page (page 3-49)
@Y34,n@
1
Form Feed usage (page 3-49)
@Y35,n@
0
Automatic New Line (page 3-50)
@Y42,n@
1
Suppress CR’s and spaces for same position
(page 3-51)
@Y44,n@
0
Intervention Request Timeout (IRQ) (page 3-52)
@Y46,n@
12
Auto Page Orientation (page 3-53)
@Y98,n,t@
n=1
Tray Selection (page 3-54)
@Y11,n@
1
Default Tray Orientation (page 3-54)
@Y10,n,t@
n=2
Case (page 3-61)
@Y7,n@
1
Buffer size (page 3-61)
@Y1,n@
4
Generate new line on receipt of EM (page 3-62)
@Y41,n@
1
Form feed before local copy (page 3-63)
@Y25,n@
0
Form feed after local copy (page 3-64)
@Y26,n@
1
Null suppression (page 3-65)
@Y27,n@
0
Carriage return at MPP+1 (page 3-66)
@Y28,n@
1
New line at MPP+1 (page 3-68)
@Y29,n@
1
Form feed within print buffer (page 3-69)
@Y30,n@
0
Form feed valid (page 3-70)
@Y32,n@
0
Form feed at end of print buffer (page 3-72)
@Y31,n@
1
Automatic form feed at end of buffer (page 3-59)
@Y33,n@
0
@X<n>
None
Defaults—Page orientation options
Defaults—DSC/DSE options
Saving default settings
Save to NVRAM (page 3-75)
3–16
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Interface escape character
Many of the features described in this chapter are accessed by
means of escape sequences. To gain access to these features you
must define an interface escape character. The first character of
all escape sequences is always a special character called the
interface escape character. You may define this character by
sending the following character sequence from the host:
&&??E
Where E is the single character which is used as the interface
escape character and must be in the range X'40' to X'FF'. If a
value of X'40' (space character) is used, then the current interface
escape character is reset and no interface escape character is
defined. For example, to define the interface escape character as
'@', the following sequence must be sent:
&&??@
The interface escape character for the remainder of this chapter
is '@'.
Notes:
1. You should reset the interface escape character when you are
not using the XCTO’s special features.
2. XCTO does not pass the interface escape character.
Therefore, both the interface and the printer escape character
must be different. Only the interface escape character is
covered in this document. For details of the Xerox Escape
Sequence (XES) printer escape character, see the Xerox 4213
Laser Printing System Printer Programmer Reference.
Format of escape sequences
Valid escape sequences must be in one of the following formats:
1. @Y..........@
Example:
2. @HH
where HH is a transparent HEX code
Example:
3. @Tn,
Single byte transparency
where n is the number 1 or 2
Example:
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Downloading set up parameters
Print translate table
3–17
SPECIAL FEATURES
4. @Zn
where n is a number from 0 to 8
Example:
Recalling parameters
5. @Xn where n is a number from 1 to 4
Example:
Saving set up parameters
An invalid escape sequence of format 1 is discarded without
being printed. Formats 3 and 4 are three-byte escape sequences.
Invalid three-byte escape sequences are discarded without being
printed.
As soon as the interface escape character prints (@ in this
document), all spaces and IBM control codes are ignored until
the end of the escape sequence.
Mode commands
Three modes of operation, available within special features, give
maximum flexibility in accessing the printer functions. The
interface is always powered up in the Normal mode, which is the
default mode of operation. When Normal mode is active, you
may switch in and out of the other available modes by sending
the commands to enter and exit each mode. The command text
strings for entry and exit to each of the modes can be set up by
configurable commands.
Table 3-2.
Mode command summary—defaults
Enter Filter mode
Exit Filter mode
Enter Transparency mode
Exit Multibyte Transparency mode
Single transparent byte
Data Monitor mode
3–18
@Y36,1@
@Y36,0@
@@
@
@HH
@T1,
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-7.
State transition diagram for mode selection
Normal
mode
Enter
Filter
mode
Exit
Filter
mode
Exit
Transp
mode
Transparency
mode
Filter
mode
Enter
Transp
mode
Enter
Transp
mode
Exit
Transp
mode
Transparency
mode
Enter
Filter
mode
Enter
Data
Monitor
mode
Exit
Data
Monitor
mode
Data Monitor
mode
Exit
Filter
mode
Filter
mode
Normal mode
The interface card processes EBCDIC characters and IBM datastream commands according to the current settings of the
printer. Xerox commands can be accessed by the host, if
required, by assigning the =UDK= printer escape character and
embedding XES commands within the text sent from the host.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–19
SPECIAL FEATURES
Filter mode
The Filter mode is invoked when the Filter mode entry string is
detected in the datastream. Filter mode provides a method of
sending text, fonts, and graphics to the printer without being
corrupted by IBM commands. Once in the Filter mode, all
EBCDIC IBM single-byte and multibyte commands and
parameters are removed from the datastream.
The default value is:
@Y36,1@
It is terminated when the Filter mode exit string is detected.
The default value is:
@Y36,0@
To change the default value for entering and exiting the Filter
mode, use the following escape sequences:
Set Enter Filter Mode
@Y200,'<string>'@
Set Exit Filter Mode
@Y201,'<string>'@
@
Y200
The command that sets Enter Filter mode
Y201
The command that sets Exit Filter mode
, (comma)
The command delimiter
'<string>'
The command string used to enter or exit the
Filter mode. A single or double quote must
begin and end the string.
The strings, up to eight characters long, must
not be the same for different mode strings, but
can be the same for the enter and exit strings of
a particular mode.
An attempt to set the string for one mode to be
the same as for another, or to be the same as
the interface escape character, causes the
command to be rejected.
@
3–20
The interface escape character
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note: In this mode, auto new line and auto new page, if
enabled, are ignored. Therefore no new lines or form feeds are
added.
Transparency mode
The Transparency mode is invoked when the Transparency mode
entry string is detected in the datastream. Transparency mode
allows you to send text, ISO6937 control codes, font data, and
graphic data to the printer without being corrupted by IBM
commands. When the printer is in Transparency mode, all IBM
single-byte and multibyte control codes and commands are
removed from the input datastream. Transparent data may be
sent to the printer either in Multibyte Transparency mode or
Single Byte Transparency mode. On terminating the mode, the
print position and printer parameters are the same as when the
mode was entered.
Multibyte Transparency mode
This mode allows you to define command/data strings, in
ISO6937 hexadecimal, which can be sent to the printer.
Multibyte Transparency mode is invoked when the Multibyte
Transparency mode entry string is detected in the data-stream.
The default value is:
@@
It is terminated by the Multibyte Transparency mode exit string.
The default value is:
@
The format of the data is defined below:
@@ X'nn' X'nn' ”text” 'X'nn' X'nn' ”text”@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–21
SPECIAL FEATURES
@@
The command to enter the Multibyte
Transparency mode.
X'nn'
The hex values which define ISO6937 code
points. Only the characters A-F and 0-9 are valid
characters for defining the hex codes. All other
characters, commands, and control codes are
stripped out.
”text”
A text string which must be enclosed in either
single or double quotes. Only alphanumeric
characters and spaces are allowed between the
quotes. These are translated to the equivalent
ISO6937 value for printing.
@
The interface escape character which terminates
the Multibyte Transparency mode.
Note 1: If an error is detected during transparency, for example,
an odd number of bytes or a byte not in the range of F0-F9 or
C1-C6, an appropriate error message is logged. In this mode hex
values between 81-86 are treated as if they are equivalent to C1C6.
Note 2: In this mode, if auto new line and auto new page are
enabled, they are ignored. Therefore no new lines or form feeds
are added.
Example:
@@ 1B 62 'XEROX' 0D 0A 'LASER PRINTERS' 0D 0A 41 42 43
44 1B 2B 50 0D 0A @
prints the following in bold characters:
XEROX
LASER PRINTERS
ABCD
3–22
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
@@
Sets the Multibyte Transparency mode
1B
The hex value for E
62
The hex value of the letter b which is the XES
command to set bolding
'XEROX'
The word XEROX enclosed in single quotes
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (CR/LF)
'LASER
PRINTERS'
The words LASER PRINTERS enclosed in single
quotes
0D 0A
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (L)
41 42 43 44
The hex values of the letters A, B, C and D
1B
The hex value for E
2B
The hex value for + (plus sign)
50
The hex value of the letter P which is the XES
command to print
0D 0A
@
The hex value of the line ending sequence,
carriage return/line feed (L)
Exits the Multibyte Transparency mode
Multibyte Transparency mode set up
To change the default value for entering and exiting the
Transparency mode, use the following escape sequences:
Set Enter Transparency Mode
@Y202,'<string>'@
Set Exit Transparency Mode
@Y203,'<string>'@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–23
SPECIAL FEATURES
@
The interface escape character
Y202
The command that sets Enter Transparency mode
Y203
The command that sets Exit Transparency mode
, (comma)
The command delimiter
'<string>'
The command string used to enter or exit the
Transparency mode. A single or double quote
must begin and end the string.
The strings, up to eight characters long, must
not be the same for different mode strings, but
can be the same for the enter and exit strings of
a particular mode.
An attempt to set the string for one mode to be
the same for another, or to be the same as the
interface escape character, causes the command
to be rejected.
@
The interface escape character
Single Byte Transparency mode
Single Byte Transparency mode sends to the printer ISO6937
control codes which cannot normally be sent in the datastream.
The format of the Single Byte Transparency mode is a three-byte
sequence as follows:
@X'nn'
The two characters following the interface escape character
define an ISO6937 code point. Only the characters A-F and 0-9
are valid characters for defining the hex codes. Invalid sequences
are discarded without being printed.
Example:
3–24
@0D @0A executes carriage return, line feed.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Data Monitor mode
The interface card provides an online incoming data monitoring
capability for diagnostic purposes. This mode is activated when
the Data Monitor entry string is detected.
The command is:
@T1,
It remains active until the exit string is detected.
The command is:
@T1,
While in this mode, XCTO converts each data byte received from
the host into a two-byte ISO6937 string representing the hex
value of the byte received. It is then formatted and printed.
An example of a part of a data dump is shown in figure 3-8.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–25
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-8.
3–26
Example of data monitor dump
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
User-defined strings
User-defined strings allow you to define strings which can be
called up by an escape sequence embedded into text from the
host.
Up to eight user strings may be defined, stored, and later
recalled by sending the escape sequence @Zn:
Where:
@
The interface escape character
n
The number that identifies the string in the range
1 to 8. Each string may be up to 256 characters
in length.
User-defined strings command summary
Download string
Replay string
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
@Y61,n,<string>@
@Zn
3–27
SPECIAL FEATURES
Download user string
This command allows you to download a string for storage in
non-volatile memory (NVRAM). Up to eight strings may be
stored.
Command format:
@Y61,n,<string>@
@
The interface escape character
Y61
The command that downloads the user string
, (comma)
n
The command delimiter
The number that identifies the string in the range
1 to 8.
, (comma)
The command delimiter
'<string>'
A series of ISO6937 hex characters or as a text
string. A single or double quote must begin and
end the string.
@
The interface escape character
Note: User-defined string features are not available when the
printer is in EBCDIC mode.
3–28
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Recall user string
This command recalls a string which has been previously saved.
Command format:
@Zn
Example:
@
The interface escape character
Z
The command that recalls the user string
n
The number that identifies the string in the range
1 to 8.
The following example defines string number 3 to assign font id
number 1 to Titan12iso-P and then selects the font.
@Y61,3,1B,'+1Titan12iso-P',0D,0A,1B,31@
The defined user string number 3 is then incorporated in a text
file before the text to be printed.
@Z3
This text is printed in Titan12iso-P when special features are
enabled.
The printed output should look similar to the following:
This text is printed in Titan12iso-P when
special features are enabled.
Note: User defined string features are not available when the
printer is set in EBCDIC mode.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–29
SPECIAL FEATURES
Translate table commands
The user can set up customised translate tables for special
applications such as downloading fonts or assigning special
characters. To define a customised translate table, first send a
command to create the table in non-volatile memory (NVRAM),
then send a command to select the table, and finally a single
command or a series of commands to modify the translate table.
An additional command deletes translate tables which are no
longer required. A total of 8 translate tables may be stored in
non-volatile memory (NVRAM). Each code point in a customised
translate table can correspond to up to eight characters. It is
important to understand the translation mechanism in order to
define a custom translate table (see pages 3-3 to 3-8 for details).
Translate tables may be printed under the control of the control
panel.
Note: The translate features are not available when the printer is
in EBCDIC mode.
The following illustrations show the translation processes
according to the mode, ASCII (ISO) or EBCDIC, set at the
printer.
Table 3-3.
Translate table command summary
Create table
Delete table
Select table
Modify table
Create APL table
Delete APL table
Select APL table
Modify APL table
Create OCR table
Delete OCR table
Select OCR table
Modify OCR table
Print table
@Y71,<n>@
@Y72,<n>@
@Y73,<n>@
@Y75,<CTT>,<ISO6937>@
@Y76,<n>@
@Y77,<n>@
@Y78,<n>@
@Y80,<CTT>,<APL>@
@Y81,<n>@
@Y82,<n>@
@Y83,<n>@
@Y85,<CTT>,<OCR>@
@T2,
The following functions concern managing customised translate
tables within the system. They are accessible only by commands
sent from the host and are not available from the printer control
panel.
3–30
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Create translate table
This command allows you to create a customised translate table
in non-volatile memory (NVRAM). The translate table is initialised
based on the internal code page 500 (see appendix A) and may
be modified by sending modify translate table commands.
Notes:
Creating a translate table automatically selects it as the active
translate table.
If 8 tables have already been created (that is the total of all tables
created by Y71, Y76 and Y81), the user cannot create any more
tables and an error is reported. The previously selected table
remains active.
Command format
@Y71,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y71
The command that creates the translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Delete translate table
This command deletes a specified translate table.
Command format:
@Y72,<table number>@
@
Y72
The interface escape character
The command that deletes the translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The interface escape character
3–31
SPECIAL FEATURES
Select translate table
This command causes the specified translate table to become the
active translate table. Before modifying a table, it must be
selected as the active translate table.
Command format:
@Y73,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y73
The command that selects the translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Modify translate table
This command is used to modify entries in the active customised
translate table. The modifications become active immediately and
are stored directly in non-volatile memory (NVRAM). Up to eight
characters may be defined for each code point.
Command format:
@Y75,<CTT>,<ISO6937>@
@
The interface escape character
Y75
The command that modifies the translate table
, (comma)
<CTT>
The entry in the active custom translate table
(EBCDIC code page 500)
, (comma)
<ISO6937>
@
3–32
The command delimiter
The command delimiter
The entry in the ISO6937 translate table
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
More than one code point may be defined at the same time with
the ';' and ':' delimiters as follows:
Example 1
”:”
A colon separates successive code point translations.
”;”
A semicolon causes the translation to increment the code
point address and treat the next character sequence as
the ISO6937 translation for that code point.
Modifying the currently selected ISO6937 translate table to
print 'abc' as 'ABC'
@Y75,81,41;42;43@
This command sets code point 81 (a) to translate to 41 (A),
82 (b) to 42 (B) and 83 (c) to 43 (C).
Example 2
Modifying the currently selected translate table to print '[$'
as 'AD'
@Y75,4A,41:5B,44@
Code point 4A ([) translates to 41 (A), 5B ($) translates to 44
(d).
Example 3
Modifying the currently selected translate table to print 'X' as
'Xerox'
@Y75,E7,58,65,72,6F,78@
Code point E7 (X) translates to the five characters 58 (X), 65
(e), 72 (r), 6F (o) and 78 (x).
Notes
The following syntax would achieve the same effect:
@Y75,E7,58 65 72 6F 78@
@Y75,E7,5865726F78@
If you XCTO language is not configured to match the
language of your IBM system, the examples given here
will not work.
The ISO6937 and EBCDIC code page 500 is found in Appendix
A.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–33
SPECIAL FEATURES
Create APL translate table
This command allows you to create a custom translate table in
non-volatile memory (NVRAM). The translate table is initialised as
code page 310 and may be modified by sending modify translate
table commands. Note that creating a translate table
automatically selects it as the active translate table.
Note: If 8 tables have already been created (that is the total of
all tables created by Y71, Y76 and Y81), the user cannot create
any more tables and an error is reported. The previously selected
table remains active.
Command format:
@Y76,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y76
The command that creates the APL translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Delete APL translate table
This command deletes the specified translate table.
Command format:
@Y77,<table number>@
@
The interface escape character
Y77
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
3–34
The command that deletes the APL translate table
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Select APL translate table
This command causes the specified translate table to become the
active translate table. Before modifying a table, it must be
selected as the active translate table.
Command format:
@Y78,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y78
The command that selects the APL translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Modify APL translate table
This command is used to modify entries in the active customised
translate table. The modifications become active immediately and
are stored directly in non-volatile memory (NVRAM). Up to eight
characters may be defined for each code point.
Command format:
@Y80,<CTT>,<APL>@
@
Y80
, (comma)
<CTT>
, (comma)
<APL>
@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The interface escape character
The command that modifies the APL translate
table
The command delimiter
The entry in the active customised translate table
(EBCDIC code page 310)
The command delimiter
The entry in the APL translate table
The interface escape character
3–35
SPECIAL FEATURES
More than one code point may be defined at the same time with
the ';' and ':' delimiters as follows.
Example 1
”:”
A colon separates successive code point translations.
”;”
A semicolon causes the translation to increment the code
point address and treats the next character sequence as
the APL translation for that code point.
Modifying the currently selected APL translate table to print
'A B C' as 'X Y Z'
@Y80,41,D2;D3;D4@
This command sets code point 41 (A) to translate to D2 (X),
42 (B) to D3 (Y) and 43 (C) to D4 (Z).
Example 2
Modifying the currently selected APL translate table to print
'A Z' as 'Z A'
@Y80,41,D4:69,A3@
Code point 41 (A) translates to D4 (Z), 69 (Z) translates to A3
(A).
Example 3
Modifying the currently selected APL translate table to print
'A' as 'A P L'
@Y80,41,A3,C4,C0@
Code point C1 (A) translates to the three characters A3 (A),
C4 (P) and C0 (L).
Note: The ASCII and EBCDIC APL code page 310 is found in
Appendix A.
Create OCR translate table
This command allows you to create a customised translate table
in non-volatile memory (NVRAM). The translate table is initialised
as code page 892 and may be modified by sending modify
translate table commands.
3–36
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Notes:
Creating a translate table automatically selects it as the active
translate table.
If 8 tables have already been created (that is the total of all tables
created by Y71, Y76 and Y81), the user cannot create any more
tables and an error is reported. The previously selected table
remains active.
Command format:
@Y81,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y81
The command that creates the OCR translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Delete OCR translate table
This command deletes the specified translate table.
Command format:
@Y82,<table number>@
@
Y82
The interface escape character
The command that deletes the OCR translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
range 1 to 8
@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The interface escape character
3–37
SPECIAL FEATURES
Select OCR translate table
This command causes the specified translate table to become the
active translate table. Before modifying a table, it must be
selected as the active translate table.
Command format:
@Y83,<table
@
number>@
The interface escape character
Y83
The command that selects the OCR translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<table
number>
The number that identifies the translate table in
the range 1 to 8.
@
The interface escape character
Modify OCR translate table
This command is used to modify entries in the active customised
translate table. The modifications become active immediately and
are stored directly in non-volatile memory (NVRAM). Up to eight
characters may be defined for each code point.
Command format:
@Y85,<CTT>,<OCR>@
@
The interface escape character
Y85
The command that modifies the OCR translate
table
, (comma)
<CTT>
The command delimiter
The entry in the active custom translate table
(EBCDIC code page 892)
, (comma) The command delimiter
<OCR>
@
3–38
The entry in the OCR translate table
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
More than one code point may be defined at the same time with
the ';' and ':' delimiters as follows.
Example 1
”:”
A colon separates successive code point translations.
”;”
A semicolon causes the translation to increment the code
point address and treat the next character sequence as
the OCR translation for that code point.
Modifying the currently selected OCR translate table to print
'abc' as 'ABC'
@Y75,81,41;42;43@
This command sets code point 81 (a) to translate to 41 (A),
82 (b) to 42 (B) and 83 (c) to 43 (C).
Example 2
Modifying the currently selected translate table to print 'ad'
as 'AD'
@Y75,81,41:84,44@
Code point 81 (a) translates to 41 (A), 84 (D) translates to 44
(d).
Example 3
Modifying the currently selected translate table to print 'X' as
'Xerox'
@Y75,E7,58,65,72,6F,78@
Code point E7 (X) translates to the five characters 58 (X), 65
(e), 72 (r), 6F (o) and 78 (x).
Note: The ASCII OCR and EBCDIC code page 892 is found in
Appendix A.
Print translate table
This command lets the user print a customised translate table
which has been saved.
Note: For consistent operation,
terminated with a form feed.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
this
command
should
be
3–39
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@T2,
@
The interface escape character
T2
The command to print the active translate table
, (comma)
The command delimiter
GFID assignment
This command lets the user set up a cross reference table
between IBM Global Font Identifiers (GFID’s) and Xerox font
names, so that Xerox fonts are selected automatically when the
corresponding GFID selection command is received from the
host. The GFID assignment table is stored in non-volatile memory
(NVRAM) and may contain up to 50 GFID assignments.
Command format:
@Y97,<GFID>,<Font name/string>@
@
The interface escape character
Y97
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<GFID>
The GFID number
, (comma)
The command delimiter
<Font
name/
string>
@
3–40
The command that assigns the GFID cross
reference
The Xerox font name which can also be
represented as a string
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Example:
@Y97,86,1B'+1Elite12iso-P'@
This example also assigns GFID number 86 to the Xerox font
Elite12iso-P and Elite12iso-L.
Note: Chapter 5 contains details of default GFID/Xerox font name
assignments.
Deleting GFID assignment
The factory default GFID settings cannot be deleted but can be
reset by assigning an appropriate GFID to no Xerox font name
using the GFID assignment command.
Example:
@Y97,86@
This deletes the Xerox font name associated with IBM GFID
number 86.
Set defaults
Parameters are stored in non-volatile memory (NVRAM) and
loaded into system memory at power up and at soft reset. The
parameters may be set up through the menu structure using the
control panel or by sending set up commands from the host
computer. Once set, the parameters can also be saved into the
non-volatile memory (NVRAM) at the printer’s control panel or by
using line commands. The parameters, which may be set up, fall
into three categories and are described below:
•
•
•
Page format options
Page orientation options
DSC/DSE options.
All of these options can also be set from the printer’s control
panel. Refer to the Xerox 4213 Laser Printer User Guide.
Notes:
The options for the suppression of end of line spaces is available
only at the printer control panel.
To relate the default setting descriptions to those described at
the printer's control panel, refer to the Xerox 4213 Laser Printer
User Guide.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–41
SPECIAL FEATURES
Table 3-4.
Set defaults command summary
Setting
3–42
Co-ax
Twin-ax
Lines Per Inch
@Y2,6@
@Y2,6@
Characters Per Inch
@Y3,10@
@Y3,10@
Line Spacing
@Y4,1@
n/a
Page Length
@Y5,66@
@Y5,66@
Maximum Print Position
@Y6,132@
@Y6,132@
LU1 Language
@Y8,14@
@Y8,14@
Top Binding Margin
@Y110,0@
@Y110,0@
Left Binding Margin
@Y112,0@
@Y112,0@
Automatic New Page
@Y34,0@
@Y34,0@
Form Feed usage
@Y35,1@
n/a
Automatic New Line
@Y42,1@
@Y42,1@
Suppress CR’s+spaces
@Y44,0@
n/a
Intervention Request Timeout
@Y46,12@
n/a
Auto Page Orientation (all trays)
@Y98,1@
@Y98,1@
Tray Selection
@Y11,1@
@Y11,1@
Tray Orientation (all trays)
@Y10,2@
@Y10,2@
Case
@Y7,1@
n/a
DSC Buffer Size
@Y1,4@
@Y1,4@
New Line on receipt of EM
@Y41,1@
n/a
FF Before Local Copy
@Y25,0@
n/a
FF After Local Copy
@Y26,1@
n/a
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Table 3-4.
Set defaults command summary (continued)
Setting
Co-ax
Twin-ax
Null Line Suppression
@Y27,0@
n/a
CR at Max. Print Pos. + 1
@Y28,0@
n/a
NL at Max. Print Pos. + 1
@Y29,0@
n/a
FF within Print Buffer
@Y30,0@
n/a
FF at End of Print Buffer
@Y31,0@
n/a
FF valid
@Y32,0@
n/a
Auto FF at End of Print Buf
@Y33,0@
n/a
Commands denoted n/a are accepted but not used to determine
the appearance of the printed output.
Page format options
Lines Per Inch
This option selects the default value for lines per inch which are
used at power up. The factory default setting is 6 lines per inch.
Note: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
Command format:
@Y2,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y2
The command that sets the lines per inch
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
Valid parameters are:
3 for 3 lines per inch (twin-ax only)
4 for 4 lines per inch (twin-ax only)
6 for 6 lines per inch (default)
8 for 8 lines per inch
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–43
SPECIAL FEATURES
Characters Per Inch
This option selects the default value for characters per inch which
are used at power up. The factory default setting is 10 characters
per inch.
Note: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
Command format:
@Y3,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y3
The command that sets the characters per inch
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
Valid parameters are:
10 for 10 characters per inch (default)
12 for 12 characters per inch
15 for 15 characters per inch
16 for 16.7 characters per inch (co-ax only)
@
The interface escape character
Line Spacing
This option controls the power up default value for the number
of line feeds which are generated when a new line character is
processed. The factory default setting is single line spacing.
Note: Twinax always uses single line spacing.
3–44
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y4,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y4
The command that sets the line spacing
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
Valid parameters are:
1 for single line spacing (default)
2 for double line spacing
@
The interface escape character
Page Length
This option selects the power up default value for the Maximum
Page Length (MPL) in units of single line spaces. The factory
default setting is 66.
Command format:
@Y5,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y5
The command that sets the page length
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be between 0 and 255 where:
0 indicates no form feeds will be printed.
1-255 indicates the maximum number of lines
allowed on a page before a form feed is
generated automatically.
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–45
SPECIAL FEATURES
Maximum Print Position
This option selects the maximum print position in characters from
the left margin. The factory default setting is 132.
Command format:
@Y6,n@
Where:
@
The interface escape character
Y6
The command that sets maximum print position
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be between 1 and 255
@
The interface escape character
LU1 language
This option selects the LU1 language translate table at power up
when the XCTO is operating in its ISO6937 mode. The factory
default setting is Multinational.
Command format:
@Y8,n@
3–46
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Where:
@
The interface escape character
Y8
The command that sets the language
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
Valid parameters are:
01 for US ENGLISH
03 or 13 for AUSTRIAN/GERMAN
04 for BELGIAN
05 for BRAZILIAN
06 for FRENCH CANADIAN
07 or 8 for DANISH/NORWEGIAN
09 or 10 for FINNISH/SWEDISH
11 or 30 for FRENCH
14 for MULTINATIONAL (default)
15 for ITALIAN
16 for JAPANESE (LATIN characters)
19, 20 or 21 for SPANISH
22 for UK ENGLISH
28 for PORTUGUESE
41 for OCR
@
The interface escape character
Refer to page 5-9 for a comparison between these settings and
the IBM code pages supported by XCTO.
Top Binding Margin
This option sets the position of the first print line relative to the
top edge of the paper and is measured in hundredths of an inch.
The factory default is 00 for both coax and twinax.
Note 1: The top margin parameter of the Set Vertical Format
command is added to the Top Binding Margin to determine the
first line position except when printing in the Computer Output
reduction (COR) mode.
Note 2: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–47
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y110,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y110
The command that sets top binding margin
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be between 0 and 999
@
The interface escape character
Left Binding Margin
This option sets the position of the first print column relative to
the left edge of the paper and is measured in hundredths of an
inch. The factory default is 00 for both coax and twinax.
Note 1: The left margin parameter of the Set Horizontal Format
command is added to the Left Binding Margin to determine the
first column position except when printing in the Computer
Output reduction (COR) mode.
Note 2: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
Command Format:
@Y112,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y112
The command that sets the left binding margin
, (comma)
3–48
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be between 0 and 999
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Automatic New Page
This option, when enabled, counts the number of lines and
generates a form feed when the line count equals the page
length. Calculations are based on the page length, which can be
set at the printer and overridden by the appropriate IBM
command, when operating in the SCS mode.
If the 5219 or 3812 emulations receive a Set Page Presentation
(SPPS) command, auto new page can be disabled, being
reinstated by the Set Vertical Format (SVF) and Set Initial
Conditions (SIC) commands. When disabled, no additional form
feeds are inserted.
Note: When this option is disabled and the 4045 Model 20
emulation is active, horizontal tabs are not converted to spaces
as usual, but are passed to the XES emulation for processing.
Command format:
@Y34,n@
@
Y34
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that determines whether the last
line feed on page is sent as form feed or not
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for option disabled
1 for enabled/count lines (default)
@
The interface escape character
Form Feed usage
This option, when enabled, converts form feeds sent from the
host into the number of line feeds required to reach the end of
the page. Therefore, page length is used to calculate the number
of line feeds required. Page length can be set at the printer, but
can be overridden by the appropriate IBM command when
operating in the SCS mode.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–49
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note 1: Twinax emulations always pass host form feeds.
Note 2: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
Command format:
@Y35,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y35
The command that determines whether a form
feed is converted line feeds or not
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for pass form feed (default)
1 for enabled/count lines
@
The interface escape character
Automatic New Line
When this option is enabled, a new line feed is generated
automatically when text is encountered beyond the maximum
print position.
If the 5219 or 3812 emulations receive a Set Page Presentation
Size (SPPS) command, auto new line is disabled, being reinstated
by the Set Horizontal Format (SHF) and Set Initial Conditions
(SIC) commands. With this option disabled, text beyond the
maximum print position is always clipped.
3–50
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y42,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y42
, (comma)
The command that determines whether
automatic new line is enabled or not
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for automatic new line disabled
1 for automatic new line enabled (default)
@
The interface escape character
Suppress CRs/spaces that generate same position
This option determines whether or not to suppress carriage
returns and spaces, which if acted upon would cause no net
carriage movement. If XES-formatted data is corrupted by the
previously described carriage movement, enabling this option
solves the problem. The default value for this option is disabled.
Note: This command is ignored in the twinax environment.
Command format:
@Y44,n@
@
Y44
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that determines if CRs and spaces
are suppressed
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–51
SPECIAL FEATURES
Intervention Request (IRQ) timeout
This option allows the user to define the period of time between
an event requiring operator intervention has occurred and the
sending of an IRQ timeout response to the host. The factory
default is 12 which is 1 minute.
Command format:
@Y46,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y46
The command that sets the intervention request
timeout
, (comma)
Notes:
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for no IRQ response
1 to 255 for the timeout period in units of 5
seconds
@
The interface escape character
This command is ignored in the twinax environment.
If the printer is put into a not ready state for more than 10
minutes, an IRQ occurs independent of this setting except when
'no IRQ' is selected.
The IRQ timeout is rounded up to the nearest minute.
3–52
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Page orientation options
The following commands
orientation and tray selection.
set
up
requirements
for
page
Auto Page Orientation
This option allows the user to choose between tray orientations
based upon the commands received from the host or based
upon the orientation set by the default tray orientation. The
factory default is enabled.
Note: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
Command format:
@Y98,n,t@
@
Y98
, (comma)
n
, (comma)
t
@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The interface escape character
The command that determines whether auto
page orientation is enabled or not
The command delimiter
The parameter can be:
0 for auto page orientation disabled
1 for auto page orientation enabled (default)
The command delimiter
This parameter is for future use and is ignored
The interface escape character
3–53
SPECIAL FEATURES
Tray Selection
This option allows the user to select how the choice of source
paper tray is made. The factory default is to use the currently
selected tray.
Command format:
@Y11,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y11
The command that determines that tray selection
will take place
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
1 for use currently selected tray (default)
2 for use tray 1 only
3 for use tray 2 only
4 for use tray 3 only
5 for use tray 4 only
Note: The highest value of n is dependent on
trays available on the attached printer
Invalid selections will default to tray 1
@
The interface escape character
Default Tray Orientation
This option defines the default page orientation associated with
tray 1 to n.
Note: This option has no effect when the 4045 Model 20
emulation is selected.
3–54
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y10,n,t@
@
Y10
, (comma)
n
, (comma)
t
@
The interface escape character
The command that determines the orientation of
tray 1 to n
The command delimiter
The parameter can be:
0 for portrait
1 for landscape
2 for computer output reduction (COR)
(default)
The command delimiter
The parameter which specifies the tray to be
used for the orientation option. If this parameter
is omitted, the orientation option is used for all
trays
Values for t are:
1 = tray 1
2 = tray 2
and so on
Note: The highest value of t is dependent on
trays available on the attached printer
Invalid selections are ignored
The interface escape character
Page orientation algorithm
Page orientation commands define the orientation of the pages
which are printed. The final orientation of the output depends on
a number of factors. These are listed below in order of priority:
1. If a Host Orientation command has been received
2. If Auto Tray Orientation has been selected
3. The default orientation of the current tray
4. If the page size parameters are valid
5. If draft or letter quality has been selected.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–55
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note 1: For all printer emulations, apart from the 5219 and 3812
emulations (twinax), the print quality is always draft. Draft is the
default at power up.
Note 2: The page orientation algorithm is not applicable to the
4045 Model 20 emulation. For this emulation, page orientation is
dependent upon the user selected XES font.
For the 5219 and 3812 emulations, the print quality is set by the
Page Presentation Media (PPM) command described in chapter 2.
Tray orientation can be portrait, landscape, and computer output
reduction (COR). COR is a reduced size copy of the printed
output. The characteristics of COR are:
•
Landscape orientation.
•
A 70% reduction in the size of the logical page.
accomplished by:
— Substituting smaller fonts:
14 pitch for 10 pitch fonts
15 pitch for 12 pitch fonts
20 pitch for 15 pitch fonts
27 pitch for 17 pitch fonts.
This is
— Reducing vertical line spacing to 70% of full size.
— 0.5 top and left margins.
The COR fonts may be cross referenced with the full sized fonts
listed in the Font and Character Set tables in chapter 5. Refer to
table 5-4 under “Font changes.“ 10 pitch ISO for full sized
portrait and landscape fonts has a GFID of 11.
The
corresponding COR font has a GFID of 204. Refer to table 5-1
for default GFID values. A GFID of 11 corresponds to Titan10M,
204 corresponds to XCP14iso.
The flow chart in figure 3-9 shows the page orientation algorithm
that is used for all the coax printer emulations, and the 4245,
5224, 5225, 5256, 5262, and 6262 twinax emulations.
3–56
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-9.
Page orientation algorithm—1
Start Page Orientation logic
Auto Page
Orientation
enabled?
NO
YES
Will
logical page fit on
physical page?
NO
YES
YES
Width >height?
Print
landscape
YES
Default
orientation of
selected tray—
landscape?
NO
NO
YES
Default
orientation of
selected tray—
portrait?
NO
Print
portrait
Print
COR
The flow chart in figure 3-10 shows the page orientation
algorithm used for 5219 and 3812 twinax emulations.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–57
SPECIAL FEATURES
Figure 3-10.
Page orientation algorithm—1
Start Page Orientation logic
Set Text
Orientation
command?
YES
Use orientation specified by STO
command
NO
Auto Page
Orientation
enabled?
NO
YES
Will
logical page
fit on physical
page?
NO
YES
YES
Width > height?
Print
landscape
YES
Default
orientation of
selected tray—
landscape?
NO
NO
Default
orientation of
selected tray—
portrait?
YES
NO
NO
Draft
quality?
YES
Print
portrait
3–58
Print
COR
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Logical Page Size
The logical page size is used in auto tray orientation. Logical
page length (LPL) and logical page width (LPW) determine the
logical page size.
LPL is governed by the top binding margin (TBM) and the length
of the printable text.
The text length is determined by the
number of lines per inch (LPI) and the maximum page length
(MPL). The mathematical relationship is: LPL = TBM + MPL /
LPI.
LPW is governed by the left binding margin (LBM) and the width
of the printable text.
The text width is determined by the
number of characters per inch (CPI) and the maximum print
position (MPP). The mathematical relationship is: LPW = LBM
+ MPP / CPI.
Table 3-5.
Logical page size
TBM
LPL
Text
Width
LBM
Text
Length
Logical Page
LPW
Physical Page
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–59
SPECIAL FEATURES
Default values for TBM, LBM, CPI, LPI, MPL and MPP are set by
the, LPI, CPI, Page Length and Page Width parameters on the
printer control panel or via special feature commands
respectively.
When operating in the DSC mode (figure 3-7??), the IBM host
may override the MPP defaults.
When operating in the SCS mode (figure 3-7), the IBM Set
Horizontal Format commands override the MPP defaults.
•
IBM Set
defaults.
Vertical
Format
commands
override
the
MPL
•
IBM Set Character/Print Density commands override the CPI
defaults.
•
IBM Set Line Density commands override the LPI defaults.
When operating in the DCA mode (figure 3-11??) the following
additional commands effect the output:
•
IBM Set Page Presentation Size command overrides both
MPP and MPL defaults.
•
IBM Set Global Font Identification commands override the
CPI defaults.
•
IBM Set Single Line Distance commands override the LPI
defaults.
•
IBM Set Text Orientation command sets the orientation,
ignoring the previously discussed settings.
•
IBM Page Presentation Media command specifies draft/letter
quality, which affects whether COR output is allowed.
Note: SCS and DCA commands override one another, with the
last command received at a page boundary being used for page
size calculations.
Physical page
Coax:
The maximum paper size is taken from the paper in the
trays.
Twinax: The maximum paper size is 210 by 330mm.
3–60
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
DSC/ DSE options
These options apply only when the printer is in DSC/DSE mode
and therefore are not applicable to the twinax emulations.
Case
This option selects mono case or dual case as the power up
default setting for the printer. The factory default setting is dual
case.
Note 1: This option is used only in Coax DSC/DSE mode and is
ignored in Coax SCS.
Note 2: Twinax always uses dual case.
Command format:
@Y7,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y7
The command that sets case
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for mono (upper) case
1 for dual case (default)
@
The interface escape character
Buffer size
This option selects the buffer size the printer uses to print the
contents of a terminal screen in DSC or DSE mode. This type of
operation is usually done when the user wants to copy the
contents of a terminal screen, or the host computer sends data
to the printer and the terminal at the same time. This function
also effects the buffer size if in the SCS mode. The factory
default setting is 3440.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–61
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note: For consistent operation, configure the XCTO to match the
buffer size required by the host system.
Command format:
@Y1,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y1
The command that sets the buffer size
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
1 for 960 character buffer
2 for 1920 character buffer
3 for 2650 character buffer
4 for 3440 character buffer (default)
5 for 3564 character buffer
@
The interface escape character
Note: This command takes effect only the next time that the
printing system is initialised and the settings have been saved in
non-volatile memory (NVRAM).
Generate new line on receipt of EM
This option determines the action required on receipt of an end
of message code. When disabled, the print position remains
unchanged. When enabled, a new line is executed providing the
current print position is not column 1 .
Command format:
@Y41,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y41
The command that generates a new line on
receipt of an end of message code
, (comma)
3–62
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Form feed before local copy
This option determines the print position before an Operator
Initiated Local Copy (print screen function).
DISABLED/OFF No automatic form feed is performed (default).
ENABLED/ON Performs an automatic form feed unless a Form
Feed command was the last command.
The
printer is set to print at print position 1 of the
first line of the next page.
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
Start of buffer
OFF
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON
Next Form
Command format:
@Y25,n@
@
Y25
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that generates a form feed before
an operator initiated local copy
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–63
SPECIAL FEATURES
Form feed after local copy
This option determines the print position after a Local Copy
(print screen function).
DISABLED/OFF Defaults to Auto Form Feed at end of print buffer
setting (Y33)
ENABLED/ON Performs an automatic form feed unless Form
Feed command was the last received. The printer
is set to print at position 1 of the first line of the
next page (default).
Note 1:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9508
IBM 3287 RPQ MC3750
Note 2: It is recommended that this option remain enabled
when using the 4045 Model 20 emulation.
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
End of buffer
o
OFF
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON
Next Form
3–64
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y26,n@
Where:
@
The interface escape character
Y26
, (comma)
The command that generates a form feed after an
operator initiated local copy
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled
1 for enabled (default)
@
The interface escape character
Null suppression
This option specifies how nulls are handled. The factory default is
always for null line suppression.
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9505
IBM 3287 RPQ SC3741
Command format:
@Y27,n@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–65
SPECIAL FEATURES
Where:
@
The interface escape character
Y27
The command that specifies how nulls are
handled
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for null lines are always suppressed
1 for null lines suppressed for host directed
copy only
2 for null lines suppressed only in local copy
mode
3 for null lines never suppressed
4 for null characters suppressed
@
The interface escape character
Carriage return at maximum print position+1
This option controls the printer action when a carriage return
occurs at the MPP+1.
DISABLED/OFF The printer performs a new line when a carriage
return occurs at MPP+1. The printer is set to
print at position 1 of the next line.
ENABLED/ON The printer performs only a carriage return when
this command occurs at MPP+1. The printer is
set to print at print position 1 of the same line
(default).
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9501
IBM 3287 RPQ S30219
IBM 4214 OPT 15=1
3–66
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
ON
OFF
MPP+1
o
Carriage
return here
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
Next Form
Command format:
@Y28,n@
@
Y28
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that controls the carriage return at
the logic area to the end of a print line
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled
1 for enabled (default)
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–67
SPECIAL FEATURES
New line at maximum print position+1
This option controls how many lines are skipped when a new line
occurs at MPP+1.
DISABLED/OFF Adds an extra line to the New Line command
occurring at MPP+1. The printer is set to print at
position 1 of the line after next.
ENABLED/ON Executes only the New Line command when this
command occurs at MPP+1. The printer is set to
print at print position 1 of the next line (default).
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9502
IBM 3287 RPQ S30219
IBM 4214 OPT 15=1
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
o
ON
OFF
New Line
here
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
Next Form
3–68
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y29,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y29
The command that controls how many lines are
skipped when the carriage returns to a new line
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled
1 for enabled (default)
@
The interface escape character
Form feed within the print buffer
This option determines the first print position after the Form
Feed command has been executed.
DISABLED/OFF The printer is set to print at position 2 of the first
print line of the next page (default).
ENABLED/ON The printer is set to print at position 1 of the first
print line of the next page.
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
o
Form feed
here
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON OFF
Next Form
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–69
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9503
IBM 3287 RPQ N/A
Command format:
@Y30,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y30
The command that determines the first print
position after a Form Feed command.
, (comma)
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
Form feed valid
This option determines when
command effects its execution.
the
position
of
Form
Feed
DISABLED/OFF The printer performs Form Feed command only
when the command occurs at the first position of
a line or at MPP+1. A Form Feed command at
any other position is printed as a space (default).
ENABLED/ON The printer performs Form Feed command
wherever the command occurs in the print
buffer. The printer is set to print at position 1 of
the next page.
3–70
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9506
IBM 3287 RPQ SC3739
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
o
MPP+1
OFF
Present Form
Form feed
code here
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON
Next Form
Command format:
@Y32,n@
@
Y32
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that determines if position of
Form Feed command affects execution.
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–71
SPECIAL FEATURES
Form feed at end of print buffer
This option determines the print line position when a Form Feed
command is the last found in the print buffer, or is immediately
followed by an end of message code.
DISABLED/OFF Automatically adds a new line to a Form Feed
command at the end of the print data. The
printer is set to print at position 1 of the second
line of the next page.
ENABLED/ON Executes only a Form Feed command. The printer
is set to print at position 1 of the first print line
of the next form (default).
This option is ignored if Automatic Form Feed at End of Buffer
(Y33) is ENABLED or Form Feed After Local Copy (Y26) is
ENABLED.
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9504
IBM 3287 RPQ SC3749
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
o
Form feed
code here
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON
OFF
Next Form
3–72
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Command format:
@Y31,n@
@
Y31
, (comma)
The interface escape character
The command that determines the print line
position when Form Feed command is the last
code found in the print buffer or is immediately
followed by an end of message code
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled
1 for enabled (default)
@
The interface escape character
Automatic form feed at end of print buffer
This option determines the print position after the print buffer is
completed or after an end of message is received.
DISABLED/OFF On completion of the print buffer, an Automatic
New Line is performed unless the last command
executed was Form Feed, the last print position is
at position 1, or the New Line on Receipt of EM
option (Y41) is disabled. If Form Feed is the last
character in the buffer, the end of printer buffer
options (Y31) is checked (default).
ENABLED/ON On completion of the print buffer, an Automatic
Form Feed is performed unless Form Feed was
the last command in the buffer. The printer is set
at print position 1 of the first line of the next
page.
This option is ignored if Form Feed After Local Copy (Y26) is
ENABLED.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–73
SPECIAL FEATURES
Note:
This option corresponds with:
IBM 3268 RPQ SC9507
IBM 3287 RPQ SC3740
Example:
Print Position
123
Same print line
Next print line
Next print line
MPP+1
End of Buffer
o
OFF
Present Form
Last print line
Page Boundary
ON
Next Form
Command format:
@Y33,n@
@
The interface escape character
Y33
The command that determines the next print
position after the print buffer is completed
, (comma)
3–74
The command delimiter
n
The parameter can be:
0 for disabled (default)
1 for enabled
@
The interface escape character
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
SPECIAL FEATURES
Save to NVRAM
This command saves the software commands in the XCTO’s nonvolatile memory (NVRAM). The commands concerned were those
that were discussed under ”Set defaults” in this chapter and
those set at the printer’s control panel, Once saved, the settings
are not lost when the printer is powered down.
The command is:
@X<n>
Where n is
1
Saves all current settings, except the interface
escape character in NVRAM
2
Saves all current settings in NVRAM including the
interface escape character
3
Saves the factory default settings in NVRAM. This
action causes the saved software setup
commands to be overwritten by the factory
default commands, effectively resetting the
NVRAM and the RAM
4
Reads the settings currently saved in NVRAM into
RAM. This action causes any unsaved settings to
be overwritten by the currently saved commands.
Note: These commands have no effect upon the special features
options that are available only at the printer control panel.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
3–75
4.
Applications
This chapter describes some considerations needed to gain
compatibility with other Xerox products supporting decentralised
printers. It provides some instructions for the downloading of
4045 model 20 and IDATA compatible fonts and graphics, as well
as suggestions to be considered when using Xerox Escape
Sequences (XES).
At the end of the chapter are some examples of documents
created using XES commands through the XCTO interface.
Downloading fonts and graphics
XCTO supports several methods for downloading fonts and
graphics. The two most commonly used are described on the
following pages.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–1
APPLICATIONS
Fonts—4045 Model 20 compatibility
The fonts are stored on the host system as EBCDIC sixelencoded fonts. The fonts have been encoded at the host using a
special translate table, and are decoded at the printer using a
complementary font/graphic translate table. The special translate
table is shown in Appendix A.
This method is recommended for downloading fonts through the
XCTO interface.
The XES command sequence required to download the font is:
=UDK=**+F<LE>
<encoded
font
=UDK=
The XES command which defines the XES escape
character
*
The user-defined XES escape character
+F
The XES font load command
<LE>
The Carriage Return/Line Feed (CR/LF) required to
terminate this XES command
<encoded
font data>
*
+P
<LE>
data>*+P<LE>
The sixel-encoded font data
The user-defined XES escape character
The XES print command used as a job delimiter
The Carriage Return/Line Feed (L) required to
terminate this XES command
For full details of XES commands, refer to the Xerox 4213 Laser
Printer User Guide.
In this mode the font/graphic translate table is invoked
automatically after the next line end following a load font (*+F)
or add font (*+A) command.
4–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
The font download is terminated on receipt of the next userdefined escape character. Any XES job command can be used to
terminate the font download and automatically restore the
normal translation process.
When the font downloading is in progress, all IBM commands
are filtered out and ignored.
Notes:
1. The XES user-defined escape character must not appear in
the font translate table.
2. If the font is encoded correctly, the font data starts with the
three characters iig and ends with the characters TTTT
Fonts—IDATA compatibility
The fonts are stored on the host system as double-byte sixelencoded fonts. These are generated by the conversion of each
byte of an ASCII sixel-encoded font to two EBCDIC bytes
representing the hexadecimal value of each character.
The XES command sequence required to download the font is:
&&??@
=UDK=**+F,@@0D0A
<encoded font data>@*+P@@0D0A@.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–3
APPLICATIONS
&&??
The command which defines the interface escape
character
@
The user-defined interface escape character
=UDK=
The XES command which defines the XES escape
character
*
The user-defined XES escape character
+F
The XES font load command
@@
Two user defined interface escape characters to
invoke the transparency mode
0D0A
The hexadecimal value of the carriage return/ line
feed (L) sequence
<encoded
font data>
The double-byte sixel-encoded font data
@
The user-defined interface escape character to
exit the transparency mode
*
The user-defined XES escape character
+P
The XES print command, used as a job delimiter
@@
Two user defined interface escape characters to
invoke the transparency mode
0D0A
The hexadecimal value of the carriage return/ line
feed (L) sequence
@
One user defined interface escape character to
exit the transparency mode
For full details of XES commands, refer to the Xerox 4213 Laser
Printer User Guide.
When the font downloading is in progress, all IBM commands
are filtered out and ignored.
4–4
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
Notes:
1. The XES user-defined escape character must not appear in
the font translate table.
2. If the font is encoded correctly, the font data starts with the
three characters 696967 and ends with the characters
848484.
Graphics—4045 Model 20 compatibility
The graphics are stored on the host system as EBCDIC sixelencoded fonts. The graphics have been encoded at the host
using a special translate table and are decoded at the printer
using a complementary font/graphic translate table. The special
translate table is shown in Appendix A.
This method is recommended for downloading graphics through
the XCTO interface.
The XES command sequence required to download the graphic
is:
=UDK=**gw<M>;<X>,<Y>,<Sx>,<Sy><LE>
<encoded graphic data>*+P<LE>
=UDK=
*
gw
<M>;<X>,
<Y>,<Sx>,
<Sy>
<LE>
<encoded
graphic
data>
*
+P
<LE>
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
The XES command which defines the XES escape
character
The user-defined XES escape character
The XES graphics window command
The XES graphic window parameters
The Carriage Return/Line Feed (L) required to
terminate these XES command
The sixel encoded graphic data
The user-defined XES escape character
The XES print command, used as a job delimiter
The Carriage Return/Line Feed (L) required to
terminate these XES command
4–5
APPLICATIONS
For full details of XES commands, see the documentation
supplied with the printer.
In this mode the font/graphic translate table is invoked
automatically after the next line end following a graphic window
(*gw) command.
The graphic window command is terminated automatically and
the original translation table restored when the correct number
of encoded graphic bytes have been received.
When the font downloading is in progress, all IBM commands
are filtered out and ignored.
Note: Both the XES user-defined escape character and the
interface user-defined escape character must not appear in the
font/graphic translate table.
Graphics—IDATA compatibility
The graphics are stored on the host system as double-byte sixelencoded graphics. These are generated by the conversion of
each byte of an ASCII sixel-encoded font to two EBCDIC bytes
representing the hexadecimal value of each character.
The XES command sequence required to download the graphic
is:
&&??@
=UDK=**gw<M>;<X>,<Y>,<Sx>,<Sy>,@@0D0A
<encoded graphic data>@*+P@@0D0A@
4–6
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
&&??
@
=UDK=
*
gw
<M>;<X>,
<Y>,<Sx>,
<Sy>
The command which defines the interface escape
character
The user-defined interface escape character
The XES command which defines the XES escape
character
The user-defined XES escape character
The XES graphics window command
The XES graphic window parameters
@@
Two user defined interface escape characters to
invoke transparency mode
0D0A
The hexadecimal value of the carriage return/ line
feed sequence
<encoded
graphic
data>
The double byted sixel encoded graphics data
@
The user-defined interface escape character
*
The user-defined XES escape character
+P
The XES print command, used as a job delimiter
@@
Two user defined interface escape characters to
invoke the transparency mode
0D0A
The hexadecimal value of the carriage return/ line
feed sequence
@
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
One user defined interface escape character to
exit the transparency mode
4–7
APPLICATIONS
For full details of XES commands, refer to the Xerox 4213 Laser
Printer User Guide.
When the graphic downloading is in progress, all IBM commands
are filtered out and ignored.
Note: The XES user-defined escape character must not appear in
the font translate table.
Sample documents
The following pages contain examples of documents that have
been coded using XES commands and sent to the Xerox printer
using the special features provided by the XCTO interface.
Because of the page size of this manual, some lines of coding
may appear on two or more lines which must be entered on one
line.
Notes:
All of the following samples were produced on a Xerox 4213
laser printer in the XES emulation, with the Coax IBM settings of
IBM 3812/3816, Multinational Language, and Full Feature
(selected under Special Features).
Samples 1, 2 and 4 use some nonresident fonts (such as
Times24:6-L in sample 4).
Any substitution of fonts in the
samples may require code modification for the files to print
correctly.
Sample 1—Merged letter
Sample 1 shows the XES merge command being used in
conjunction with Office 400.
Examples of two such merged letters are shown on the following
pages.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL,
(carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
4–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
=UDK=*&&??@*+M@@0D 0A@*+12700Optima12B-P@@0D 0A@*1
January 1, 1990
(name)
(street)
(city, state)
You have been selected to win one of our
wonderful prizes. All you need to do to
qualify is schedule an appointment with us to
hear all about our wonderful vacation homes
at Lake Fabulous.
Please call us immediately so we may book your
appointment.
Very truly yours,
Steve Smith
*+P
*+P
*ze
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–9
APPLICATIONS
Mr. Neil Silver
3770 Grant Avenue
La Habra, CA 90632
Dear Mr. Silver:
*+P
Ms. Noreen Wilson
472 S.W. Post Street
Albany, OR 97322
Dear Ms. Wilson:
*+P
*+V
4–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
Figure 4-1.
Sample 1a—Merged letter
January 1, 1990
Mr. Neil Silver
3770 Grant Avenue
La Habra, CA 90632
Dear Mr. Silver:
You have been selected to win one of our
wonderful prizes. All you need to do to
qualify is schedule an appointment with us to
hear all about our wonderful vacation homes
at Lake Fabulous.
Please call us immediately so we may book your
appointment.
Very truly yours,
Steve Smith
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–11
APPLICATIONS
Figure 4-2.
Sample 1b—Merged letter
January 1, 1990
Ms. Noreen Wilson
472 S.W. Post Street
Albany, OR 97322
Dear Ms. Wilson:
You have been selected to win one of our
wonderful prizes. All you need to do to
qualify is schedule an appointment with us to
hear all about our wonderful vacation homes
at Lake Fabulous.
Please call us immediately so we may book your
appointment.
Very truly yours,
Steve Smith
Sample 2—Export form
Sample 2 shows a form produced using XES commands within
Displaywrite/36 through the XCTO’s filter mode on an IBM
system which uses the UK English code page. A reduced copy of
this sample is shown in figure 4-3.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL, (carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
4–12
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
This file contains all of the XES commands to create the form,
and the special feature commands required to customise a
translation table and use the filter mode.
&&??@@Y71,3@@Y75,7B,0D0A@@Y36,1@@Y2,6@
=UDK=*#
*zf*m3508,0,0,0,2450#
*+2Titan20M-P#
*+3Titan10M-P#
*+4Titan15M-P#
*+5Titan12M-P#
*+6Titan10M-P#
*6
*x10,990,2390,5#
*x10,890,2390,5#
*x240,3190,2160,5#
*x240,2890,2160,5#
*x240,2390,2160,5#
*x240,2090,2160,5#
*x240,1990,2160,5#
*x240,1540,2160,5#
*x240,2590,1080,5#
*x240,2290,540,5#
*x240,2190,1080,5#
*x1050,490,1350,5#
*x1050,290,540,5#
*x1320,2690,1080,5#
*x1320,2490,1080,5#
*x1590,3090,810,5#
*x1590,2990,810,5#
*x1590,1790,810,5#
*x1590,1640,810,5#
*x1590,790,810,5#
*y240,990,2205,5#
*y780,1990,400,5#
*y1050,290,200,5#
*y1320,1990,1200,5#
*y1590,90,400,5#
*y1590,790,200,5#
*y1590,1540,450,5#
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–13
APPLICATIONS
*y1590,2990,200,5#
*y1590,1540,100,5#
*y1860,1540,100,5#
*y1860,1790,300,5#
*y1860,2890,100,5#
*y2130,1540,100,5#
*y2130,1790,200,5#
*y2400,90,3105,5#
*5*a40,2800#
*3*a850,3200#
*bEXPORT CARGO SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS*p#
*2*a250,3160#
Export/Shipper (Name and Address)#
*a1330,3160#
For F/Agents Use#
*a1600,3060#
Exporters Reference#
*a1870,2960#
S.S. Co. Bkg. No.#
*a250,2860#
Consignee (If Order State Notify Party and Address)#
*a1330,2860#
Other Address#
*a250,2560#
Forwarding Agent/Merchant#
*a1330,2460#
Country of Origin of Goods#
*a1870,2460#
Country of Final Destination#
*a250,2360#
Receiving Dates#
*a790,2360#
Berth and Dock Container Base etc.#
*a250,2260#
Dispatched By#
*a250,2160#
Port of Loading#
*a250,2060#
Port of Discharge#
*a790,2060#
Place of Delivery#
*a250,1960#
Marks and Numbers: No. and Kind of Packages: Description of
Goods (specify hazard if any)#
4–14
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
*a1600,1960#
TT Code No.#
*a1870,1960#
Gross Wt. Kg.#
*a2180,1960#
Cube (MxM)#
*a1870,1610#
Net Wt. Kg#
*a2150,1610#
FCB Value#
*a10,960#
Special Stowage#
*a1600,960#
Invoice Price#
*a1600,860#
I/We declare that the above particulars are correct &#
*a1600,835#
agree to your Published regulations and Condictions#
*a1600,810#
(including those as to Liability)#
*a1060,460#
Ocean Freight Payable At#
*a1600,460#
Name of Contact and Telephone Number#
*a1060,360#
Number of Bills of Lading Required#
*a1250,310#
Orig.#
*a1520,320#
Copy#
*a1600,160#
Signature#
*a120,2710#
*6To->
*+X#
@Y71,3@@Y36,0@&&??
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–15
APPLICATIONS
Figure 4-3.
4–16
Sample 2—Export form
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
Sample 3—Bar chart
Sample 3 shows a bar chart produced using the XES commands
within FSEDIT on an IBM system with IBM Language mapping set
to Multinational.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL, (carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
The first file is sent to create and modify
that the $ is recognised as a L (carriage
The translate table is changed back to an
table 2 at the end of the third file, which
point.
translate table 2 such
return and line feed).
unmodified translation
is also created at this
&&??@@Y71,1@ @Y71,2@@Y75,5B,0D0A@
The second file, which contains all the XES commands to create
the chart, is preceded by the IBM customer translation table and
filter mode commands.
Note:
Unexpected results may occur unless Full Feature is
selected under Special Features.
&&??@@Y71,1@@Y71,2@@Y75,5B,0D0A@
&&??@@Y73,2@=UDK=**+X$
@Y36,1@=UDK=*$
*+1Titan10M-P$
*+2Titan12M-P$
*1*m700,10,10,10,690$
*a187,2270$
*1NET SALES*rr520,NET INCOME*rr480,EARNINGS
PER SHARE$
*a187,2210$
*2(THOUSANDS)*rr515,(THOUSANDS)*rr505,(POUNDS)$
*x187,2174,562,2$
*x974,2184,553,2$
*x1762,2104,562,2$
*x187,1556,478,2$
*x974,1649,469,2$
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–17
APPLICATIONS
*x1762,1725,499,2$
*x187,1462,394,2$
*x974,1545,384,2$
*x1762,1677,394,2$
*x187,1406,300,2$
*x974,1377,300,2$
*x1762,1566,309,2$
*x187,1341,225,2$
*x974,1322,236,2$
*x1762,1386,225,2$
*x187,1270,141,2$
*x974,1265,131,2$
*x1762,1330,141,2$
*y337,1125,150,37$
*y421,1125,216,37$
*y506,1125,281,37$
*y590,1125,337,37$
*y674,1125,431,37$
*y759,1125,1050,37$
*y1115,1125,141,37$
*y1199,1125,103,37$
*y1209,1237,86,2$
*y1284,1125,253,37$
*y1368,1125,422,37$
*y1453,1125,525,37$
*y1537,1125,1059,37$
*y1912,1125,206,37$
*y1996,1125,262,37$
*y2081,1125,441,37$
*y2165,1125,553,37$
*y2249,1125,525,37$
*y2334,1125,984,37$
*y2259,1659,66,2$
*a187,2143$
*2
90,076$
*a187,1525$
34,626$
*a187,1431$
24,557$
*a187,1375$
4–18
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
18,775$
*a187,1310$
14,492$
*a187,1239$
9,482$
*a974,2153$
8,998$
*a974,1618$
4,061$
*a974,1514$
3,210$
*a974,1346$
1,591$
*a974,1291$
487$
*a974,1234$
679$
*a1762,2073$
.84$
*a1762,1694$
.43$
*a1762,1646$
.44$
*a1762,1535$
.35$
*a1762,1355$
.15$
*a1762,1299$
.13$
*a180,1097$
FISCAL$
*a180,1067$
YEAR$
*a337,1082$
79
*a421,1082$
80
*a506,1082$
81
*a590,1082$
82
*a674,1082$
83
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–19
APPLICATIONS
*a759,1082$
84
*a955,1097$
FISCAL$
*a955,1067$
YEAR$
*a1115,1082$
79
*a1199,1082$
80
*a1284,1082$
81
*a1368,1082$
82
*a1453,1082$
83
*a1537,1082$
84
*a1755,1097$
FISCAL$
*a1755,1067$
YEAR$
*a1912,1082$
79
*a1996,1082$
80
*a2081,1082$
81
*a2165,1082$
82
*a2249,1082$
83
*a2334,1082$
84*+X$
@Y36,0@@Y73,1@&&??
4–20
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
Figure 4-4.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Sample 3—Bar chart
4–21
APPLICATIONS
Sample 4—Merged form
Sample 4 shows a merged form produced using the XES
commands within FSEDIT on an IBM system which uses the
Multinational language mapping with a U.S. keyboard.
Caution: When combining IBM printer and XES commands,
particularly the reset command, E+XL, (carriage return and line
feed) and those that move the current print position, always be
aware of the new print position. Failure to consider this may give
unexpected results, especially as the reset command resets the
printer to the system defaults, including fonts and margins.
The first file is sent to create and modify translate table 8 such
that the $ is recognised as a L (carriage return and line feed) and
the ! becomes a horizontal tab.
&&??@ @Y71,8@@Y75,5B,0D0A:4F,09@
The second file, which contains all the XES commands to create
the constant page, is preceded by the IBM customer translation
table and filter mode commands.
Note:
Unexpected results may occur unless Full Feature is
selected under Special Features.
&&??@@Y36,1@=UDK=**+X@0D@0A @Y73,8@
=UDK=**+M$
*+1BoldPSM-L$
*1*m700,10,10,10,690$
*a330,460$
SUNDAY$
*a330,860$
MONDAY$
*a330,1245$
TUESDAY$
*a330,1610$
WEDNESDAY$
*a330,2020$
THURSDAY$
*a330,2465$
FRIDAY$
*a330,2825$
4–22
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
SATURDAY$
*x400,350,2000,12$
*x400,750,2000,12$
*x400,1150,2000,12$
*x400,1550,2000,12$
*x400,1950,2000,12$
*x400,2350,2000,12$
*x400,2750,2000,12$
*x400,3150,2012,12$
*y300,350,2800,12$
*y400,350,2800,12$
*y800,350,2800,12$
*y1200,350,2800,12$
*y1600,350,2800,12$
*y2000,350,2800,12$
*y2400,350,2812,12$
*+P$
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–23
APPLICATIONS
4–24
Figure 4-5.
Sample 4a—Constant page
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
The third file contains the data to be merged with the constant
page.
=UDK=*$
*ze*+2Times24i6-L$
*2*m700,10,10,10,690$
*d*t75,155,235,315,395,475,555$
*rd100,*2August 1991*q$
*rd140,*1!!!!!1!2!3$
*rd352,!4!5!6!7!8!9!10$
*rd352,!11!12!13!14!15!16!17$
*rd352,!18!19!20!21!22!23!24$
*rd352,!25!26!27!28!29!30!31$
*+P$
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–25
APPLICATIONS
4–26
Figure 4-6.
Sample 4b—Variable data
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
APPLICATIONS
The fourth file terminates the constant page, resets the printer,
and ends the filter mode.
=UDK=* *+V$
*+X$
@Y36,0@&&??
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4–27
APPLICATIONS
4–28
Figure 4-7.
Sample 4c—Complete form
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5.
Fonts and character sets
This section describes font
between IBM and Xerox fonts.
support
and
the
relationships
The ability to install customised translate tables and cross
reference tables between IBM and Xerox fonts provides the user
with an exceptional degree of flexibility and considerable scope
for designing fonts to suit individual requirements, not
specifically addressed by this design.
Tables showing the Xerox ISO6937, OCR, and APL character sets
and the supported IBM code pages are found in Appendix A.
Font support
The font support provided by the Xerox Coax/Twinax Option
(XCTO) far exceeds the font capabilities of most of the printers it
emulates. Support is provided for three categories of fonts:
•
Fixed pitch fonts
XCTO supports fixed pitch fonts matching the fixed pitch
capabilities of all the IBM printers emulated.
•
Proportionally spaced fonts
XCTO provides support for proportionally-spaced fonts using
the same PS width values as those used by IBM, thus
ensuring a perfect match with IBM PS fonts even when
justification is in use.
•
Typographic fonts
As the characters in typographic fonts have variable widths,
justification, underscoring, and overstriking may not appear
as intended.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5–1
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Fonts included
The fonts listed are included as part of XCTO as the extended
ISO6937 character set (includes Pesetas, Florin, and double
underscore) in both portrait and landscape. In addition, Xerox
provides an APL and OCR character set.
The fonts available are listed below in relationship to their
character sets.
ISO6937
Titan10M
Titan12M
Titan15M
Titan17M
Titan20M
Titan27M
BoldPSM
OCR
APL
OCRA10M
APL10
apl
The character sets supported by these fonts are found in
Appendix A.
Note: Font Titan17M is equal to 16.67 characters per inch. The
value of 16.67 is used when calculating orientation.
IBM font selection
In order to provide automatic font selection within the XCTO,
IBM font parameters must correlate to Xerox fonts. This
correlation must take into account the two methods IBM has of
selecting fonts:
Note: The APL font resident in the Coax/Twinax option is slightly
different than the APL character set on IBM printers. The IBM
font must be licensed from IBM if it is required.
SCS mode
In SCS fonts are not referenced directly, but by a very limited set
of font attributes. A font is defined by the following attributes:
1. Font type
2. Pitch
3. Orientation
5–2
Normal, APL, OCR
10, 12, 15, 17, PS
Portrait, Landscape, COR
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Note: COR (Computer Output Reduction) is regarded as a
separate orientation.
An SCS command, such as the Set Character Density (SCD)
command, which changes any of these parameters, causes a font
switch.
DCA mode
In DCA a more elaborate mechanism for selecting fonts exists
where a font may be selected by a GFID (Global Font IDentifier)
number from 0 to 65535. Each number refers uniquely to an IBM
font which is the same for all printers.
Global Font Identifiers (GFIDs)
GFIDs are numbers that reference fonts in the IBM data stream.
A Xerox font may be identified by an associated GFID. (Table 5-1
shows the default GFIDs that are associated with Xerox fonts
resident in the 4213 and the XCTO cartridge.)
A GFID defines the typestyle, font type and the pitch but not the
orientation. For example, GFID 11 refers to a Courier 10 pitch
font in both portrait and landscape orientations.
The font
orientation on the printed page is taken from the orientation
associated with the paper tray unless auto orientation is enabled.
Table 5-1 provides a cross reference between the IBM GFID
number and a Xerox font name. The following table shows the
XCTO's default settings and how these settings relate to IBM
font names. The user can add or replace entries in this default
table, to suit user requirements, using the XCTO GFID
assignment command (refer to chapter 3 for details). The table is
printed on the XCTO configuration sheet under “Font
Information.” This does not mean that the font is present in the
printer; the GFID assignment is merely a number associated with
the font name.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5–3
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Table 5-1.
Notes:
IBM GFID and Xerox font cross reference
IBM GFID No
Xerox font name
IBM name
11
Titan10M
Courier 10
19
OCRA10M
OCRA
45
APL10apl
APL10
85
Titan12M
Courier 12
159
BoldPSM
Boldface
204
XCP14iso
Gothic Text 13
223
Titan15M
Courier 15
252
Titan17M
Courier 17
281
Titan20M
Gothic Text 20
290
Titan27M
Gothic Text 27
The Xerox font name does not include the orientation suffix. This
is appended -P for portrait or -L for landscape, depending upon
the page orientation when the GFID is selected.
If there is no entry corresponding to a particular GFID, no font
switch is made, and an IBM TYPE 2 error report occurs.
GFIDS do not apply to the 4045-20 mode.
GFID assignment in the text file
The Special Features option on the printer control panel under
“Coax Config’ or “Twinax Config” enables users to explicitly
assign GFIDs to Xerox fonts by entering a text string in the print
file. This feature works in a manner similar to the font ID
assignment available under XES.
Example
Assign GFID number 85 to Elite12iso-P and Elite12iso-L (instead
of the default font Titan12M):
1. Select “Full Feature” option under “Special Features” on the
Coax/Twinax control panel.
5–4
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
2. Assign the interface escape character to the “at sign” (@) by
entering the following bold strings in a text file:
&&??@
3. Assign GFID number 85 to Elite12iso-P and Elite12iso-L.
@Y97,85,Elite12iso@
4. To save the GFID assignment across a power off/on, enter:
@X1
The “1” specifies a save of all software set up commands
except the interface escape character. Replace the “1” with a
“2” to save the interface escape character as well.
5. Send the text file to the printer.
6. De-select the “Full Feature” option.
Note: Factory default GFID settings cannot be deleted, but a
previous GFID assignment can be deleted (or reset to the factory
default if it is a default GFID number) by assigning a GFID
without a font name. For example,
@Y97,85@
returns the Xerox fontname associated with IBM GFID number 85
to the factory default Titan12M.
When printing in COR the printer automatically reduces the font
size. In DCA this means changing the GFID number. It also
means that the IBM printer must make an assumption about the
pitch of the GFID from which it is changing and the pitch of the
GFID to which it is changing. GFID numbers should be assigned
using the ranges in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2.
DCA GFID to XCTO
Pitch
GFID range
5 pitch
244 - 245
10 pitch
1 - 65
12 pitch
66 - 154
PS pitch
155 - 203
14 pitch
204
15 pitch
205 - 230
17 pitch
252 - 254
20 pitch
280 - 281
27 pitch
290 - 292
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5–5
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
In the Twinax environment, there are 2 methods to select GFIDs
in the text file.
Example
GFIDs can be selected with the Set FID Through GFID (SFG)
DCA command from the host. (Refer to page 2-55 for more
information on the command parameters.)
The command format is:
2B D1 07 05 gfgf fwfw fa
The gfgf parameter specifies the GFID, which determines the
pitch of the font to be used. fwfw specifies the font width, but
it is not used. A mismatch between gfgf and fwfw may cause
data loss or other unexpected results. fa specifies fixed pitch or
proportional spacing.
2B D1 07 05 000B 0090 01
000B, the gfgf field in the above command, specifies a GFID of
11. If the factory defaults have not been changed, Titan10M is
selected.
XCTO font selection
XCTO combines the font selection process for SCS and DCA
which allows you to customise the Xerox fonts which are
automatically selected when font parameters are changed
through the data stream. This is achieved by a two stage process
which is described below.
Stage 1: SCS font attribute to GFID table:
Stage 1 assigns a GFID number for every font attribute
combination as shown in table 5-3. These are not unique font
identifiers as orientation has not yet been specified.
5–6
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Table 5-3.
SCS font to GFID table
Font type
Pitch
Portrait
Landscape
COR
Normal
10
11
11
204
Normal
12
85
85
223
Normal
15
223
223
281
Normal
17
252
252
290
Normal
PS
159
159
223
APL
10
45
45
88
APL
12
88
88
235
APL
15
235
235
280
APL
17
255
255
291
OCRA
10
19
19
89
OCRA
12
89
89
236
OCRA
15
236
236
282
OCRA
17
256
256
292
Stage 2: GFID to Xerox font cross reference
Stage 2 is a simple cross-reference table which links each GFID to
a Xerox fontroot name, as shown in table 5-1. (A fontroot name
is the font name without the orientation suffix.)
Example
The Twinax Interface can also select a font with the appropriate
pitch by cross-referencing the assigned GFID with the specified
pitch in the Set Character Density (SCD) command. (Refer to
page 2-50 for more information on the command parameters.)
The command format is:
2B D2 04 29 00 cp
The cp parameter specifies the number of characters to be
printed per horizontal inch (CPI).
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5–7
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
2BD2 04 29 00 0A
0A, the cp parameter in the above command, specifies a pitch of
10 CPI. (stage 1, see table 5-3)
For stage 2, the GFID 11 matches to Xerox font Titan 10M (see
table 5-1).
Character sets
When operating in the ISO6937 mode the default XCTO
character set is defined at power up by the user defined default
selection stored in nonvolatile memory (NVRAM). This can be
changed by SCS/DCA data stream commands which select the
character set by either a language identifier (in SCGL command)
or a Code Page Global Identifier (CPGID, in SCG command).
They can also be selected by special feature translation table
commands. Up to 8 customised tables can be downloaded and
stored in nonvolatile memory (NVRAM).
Table 5-4 shows the IBM code pages/character sets supported
and the corresponding language identifier:
5–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Table 5-4.
Character
set ID
(SCGL)
IBM code pages/character sets
Code Page
(CPGID)
Language
ID*
Language
X'01'
037
01
English (U.S.)
X'02'
273
03 or 13
X'03'
274
04
Belgian
X'04'
275
05
Brazilian
X'05'
276
06
French Canadian
X'06'
277
07 or 08
Danish/Norwegian
X'07'
278
09 or 10
Finnish/Swedish
X'09'
280
15
Italian
X'0A'
281
16
Japanese (Latin
characters)
X'0C'
282
28
Portuguese
X'0D',
X'0E', X'0F'
284
19, 20, 21
X'0F'
285
22
X'08'
297
11 or 30
-
310
-
X'00'
500
14
Multinational
-
892
41
OCRA
Austrian/German
Spanish/Spanish
speaking
English (UK)
French
APL (co-ax only)
*(as for *Y8,n* refer to chapter 3)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
5–9
FONTS AND CHARACTER SETS
Graphic character sets
In addition to code page definition, IBM defines a subset of
printable characters within a nationalised code page, by
specifying a Graphic Character Set Global Identifier (CGSGID).
On an IBM band or daisywheel printer, any character which does
not appear within the subset of the code page, defined by the
CGSGID is substituted with the error character (hyphen). This is
due to the physical limitations of these types of printers and is
not appropriate for a laser printer, where all characters are always
available. Therefore, the XCTO design ignores CGSGID
assignments and allows all characters within the code page to be
accessed regardless of the CGSGID assignment.
Code page definitions for the ISO6937 mode are found in
Appendix A.
5–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
6.
Error handling
The Xerox Coax/Twinax Option (XCTO) supports IBM error types
and IBM error code actions as well as reporting XES formatting
errors and initialisation errors. XCTO recognises the following
error categories:
•
IBM datastream error type1
•
IBM datastream error type2
•
IBM datastream error type3 or invalid SCS parameter
•
IBM datastream error type4 or invalid SCS command
•
XES formatting error
•
Initialisation error.
Errors are logged internally by XCTO as well as being passed to
the target printer. This allows the target printer to include XCTO
errors on the normal printer status sheet which is printed at the
end of a job. However, it is up to the target printer, not XCTO,
to include this data in the status sheet if required. Table 6-1
shows the various error codes which are reported and their
meanings.
IBM error types
In addition to being reported to the target printer, IBM error
types are reported back to the host through the coax/twinax
protocols.
IBM error types fall into the four categories described below.
For each error category an error action may be defined by the
user via an IBM datastream command.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
6–1
ERROR HANDLING
Error code descriptions
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Table 6-1.
Error type
Description
1
Detection of a condition that can cause loss of
text information
2
Condition detected that can alter the
appearance of the printed output
3
A multibyte command detected that contains
an unsupported type or class code
4
A multibyte command detected that contains
an unsupported parameter or parameter value
SCS parameter and command errors are reported through both
coax and twinax protocols.
Note 1: Though IBM errors are reported, under certain
conditions they may not match the errors reported by the
emulated printers.
Note 2: The 4045 Model 20 emulation does not report errors to
the IBM host.
Note 3: For short documents, a print complete is returned to
the host before the document has been printed. If paper jams
or paper outages occur under these specific conditions, they are
not reported to the IBM host.
6–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7.
Configuration and sysgen
samples
This chapter provides you with examples of possible
configurations for your Xerox printing system to function on the
IBM host.
The chapter is divided into two parts: the first looks at the coax
environment, the second at the twinax environment.
Coax printers
Four of the possible line configurations are shown in this section.
They are followed by sample sysgen programmes.
Line configurations
XCTO supports two types of coax environments, SCS in
SNA/SDLC and DSC in non-SNA. The next four illustrations show
possible configurations for both environments using IBM
3174/3274/3276 attachments.
•
Configuration 1 shows only an IBM 3287.
•
Configuration 2 shows the Xerox printer replacing the IBM
3287 on the same port.
•
Configuration 3 shows a Xerox printer attached to a
previously unused port and the IBM 3287 attached to its
previous port.
•
Configuration 4 shows a Xerox printer attached to a
previously unused port, a second Xerox printer attached to a
previously unused port through a communications module,
and the IBM 3287 attached to its previous port.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–1
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-1.
Configuration 1
3278
Host
3174
or
3274
or
3276
3705
3278
3287
Figure 7-2.
Configuration 2
3278
Host
3705
3174
or
3274
or
3276
3278
Xerox
printer
7–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-3.
Configuration 3
Xerox
printer
3278
Host
3705
3174
or
3274
or
3276
3278
3287
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–3
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-4.
Configuration 4
Xerox
printer
3278
Host
3174
or
3274
or
3276
3705
3278
3287
Xerox
printer
Sysgen samples
The following examples represent parameters to enter when
using IBM copyright programmes to perform:
7–4
•
Sample IO Gen for the 3274—non-SNA controller
•
Sample VTAM parameter for local non-SNA 3270 terminal and
printer
•
Sample VTAM parameter for local SNA 3270 terminal and
printer
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
•
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU Definition
•
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU Definition—
3276C
•
Sample mode table entries for 3278-2 terminals (by control
unit type)
•
Sample mode table entries for 3278 printers all control units
•
JES/328X Print Facility parameters.
Sample IO Gen for the 3174/3274—non-SNA controller
DEVO20
IODEVICE UNIT=3287,ADDRESS=020,MODEL=2,
FEATURE=(DOCHAR,EBKY3277,KB78KEY,NUMLOCK,AUDALRM)
DEVO21
IODEVICE UNIT=3279,ADDRESS=021,MODEL=2A,
FEATURE=(DOCHAR,EBKY3277,KB78KEY,NUMLOCK,AUDALRM)
IODEVICE UNIT=3279,ADDRESS=022,MODEL=2A,
DEVO22
FEATURE=(DOCHAR,EBKY3277,KB78KEY,NUMLOCK,AUDALRM)
Sample VTAM parameter for local non-SNA 3270 terminal and
printer
LBUILD
*
LP920T00
LOCAL
CUADDR=920,
TERM=3277,
3278-2 TERMINAL
FEATUR2=(MODEL2),
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
USSTAB=USSVTAM,
MODETAB=MODE3270,
DLOGMOD=S3270
*
LP921P01
LOCAL
CUADDR=921,
TERM=3286,
FEATUR2=(MODEL2),
3287 PRINTER
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
USSTAB=USSVTAM,
MODETAB=MODE3270,
DLOGMOD=DSC2K
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–5
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Sample VTAM parameter for local SNA 3270 terminal and
printer
*
X10PUA0D
VBUILD
TYPE=LOCAL
PU
CUADDR=A0D,
MAXBFRU=9,
PUTYPE=2,
USSTAB=USSVTAM,
MODETAB=MODE3270,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
*
LPA0DT00
LOCAL
LOCADDR=2,
3278-2 TERMINAL
DLOGMOD=T3278M2,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
*
LPA0DP01
LOCAL
LOCADDR=3,
DLOGMOD=DSC2K,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
3287 PRINTER
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU definition—327461C
SNAGP01
GROUP
LNCTL=SDLC,
CLOCKING=EXT,
DIAL=NO,
DUPLEX=FULL,
NEWSYNC=NO,
NRZI=NO,
REPLYTO=1,
RETRIES=(1, 1, 2),
TYPE=NCP
*
N05LN039
LINE
ADDRESS=(039),
ANS=CONTINUE,
DUPLEX=(FULL),
ETRATIO=30,
PAUSE=,2,
SERVLIM=4,
SPEED=9600,
VPACING=2
7–6
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
SOTL039
SPACE 3
SERVICE ORDER=(N05039P0)
SPACE 3
*
N05039P0
PU
ADDR=C1,
DISCNT=(NO),
IRETRY=NO,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
MAXDATA=265,
MAXOUT=7,
MODETAB=MODE3270,
PASSLIM=10,
PUDR=NO,
PUTYPE=2,
RETRIES=(, 10, 3),
SRT=(32768, 10),
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
USSTAB=USSVTAM
*
LAX39L00
LU
LOCADDR=2,
BATCH=NO,
3278-2 TERMINAL
DLOGMOD=M3278M2,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
*
LAX39L01
LU
LOCADDR=3,
BATCH=NO,
PACING=0,
3287 PRINTER
VPACING=0,
DLOGMOD=DSC2K,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–7
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Sample NCP Gen—Group, Line, PU and LU definition—3276-C
SNAGP02
GROUP
LNCTL=SDLC,
CLOCKING=EXT,
DIAL=NO,
DUPLEX=FULL,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
NEWSYNC=NO,
NRZI=NO,
PAUSE=,2,
RETRIES=(7, 1, 3),
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
SPEED=9600,
TYPE=NCP,
USSTAB=USSVTAM
*
N05LN03B
LINE
ADDRESS=(3B),
SPEED=9600
*
SOTL039
*
SERVICE ORDER=(N0503BP0)
N0503BP0
PU
ADDR=C1,
IRETRY=YES,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE,
MAXDATA=265,
MAXOUT=7,
PASSLIM=12,
PUTYPE=2,
MODETAB=MODE3270,
SSCPFM=USSSCS,
*
LAX3BL00
LU
LOCADDR=2,
DLOGMOD=DT3278M2,
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
3278-2 TERMINAL
*
LAX3BL01
LU
LOCADDR=3,
DLOGMOD=DSC2K,
3287 PRINTER
ISTATUS=ACTIVE
7–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Sample mode table entries for 3278-2 terminals (by control
unit type)
MODE3270
MODETAB
*
MODEENT LOGMODE=S3270,
FMPROF=X'02',
LOCAL NON-SNA 3274 CONTROL UNIT
3278-2 TERMINAL
TSPROF=X'02',
PRIPROT=X'71',
COS=HICOS,
SECPROT=X'40',
COMFPROT=X'2000',
RUSIZES=X'0000',
PSERVIC=X'000000000000185018500200'
*
MODEENT LOGMODE=S3278M2,
FMPROF=X'03',
TSPROF=X'03',
PRIPROT=X'B1',
LOCAL SNA 3274 CONTROL UNIT
3278- 2 TERMINAL
SECPROT=X'90',
COMPROT=X'3080',
RUSIZES=X'87C7',
PSERVIC=X'020000000000185018507F00'
*
MODEENT LOGMODE=S3270,
FMPROF=X'03',
TSPROF=X'03',
PRIPROT=X'B1',
REMOTE SNA 3274 CONTROL UNIT
3278 - TERMINAL
SECPROT=X'90',
COMPROT=X'3080',
RUSIZES=X'88F8',
PSERVIC=X'020000000000185000007E00'
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–9
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Sample mode table entries for 3287 printers all control units
*
MODEENT LOGMODE=DSC2K,
FMPROF=X'03',
TSPROF=X'03',
3287 PRINTER
PRIPROT=X'B1',
SECPROT=X'90',
COMPROT=X'3080',
RUSIZES=X'8787',
PSERVIC=X'030000000000185018507F00'
*
MODEENT LOGMODE=SCS,
FMPROF=X'03',
TSPROF=X'03',
SNA CHARACTER STRING PRINTER
PRIPROT=X'B1',
SECPROT=X'90',
COMPROT=X'3080',
RUSIZES=X'87C6',
PSNDPAC=X'01',
SRCVPAC=X'01',
PSERVIC=X'01000000E100000000000000'
JES/328X print facility parameters
*
*
*
*
'RMT 14 LP921P01' IS A LOCAL, NON-SNA PRINTER
'RMT 15 LPA0DP01' IS A LOCAL, SNA PRINTER
'RMT 16 LAX39L01' IS A REMOTE, 3274 SNA PRINTER
*
'RMT 17 LAX3BL01' IS A REMOTE, 3276 SNA PRINTER
*
PLU=NJEWC03,
SLU=RMT 14,TLU=LP921P01,LUTYPE=1,LOGMODE=DLOGMOD
PLU=NJEWC03,
SLU=RMT 15,TLU=LPA0DP01,LUTYPE=1,BUFSIZE=1520,LOGMODE=SCS,IMMRESP=N
PLU=NJEWC03,
SLU=RMT 16,TLU=LAX39L01,LUTYPE=1,BUFSIZE=1520,LOGMODE=SCS,IMMRESP=N
PLU=NJEWC03,
SLU=RMT 17,TLU=LAX3BL01,LUTYPE=1,BUFSIZE=1520,LOGMODE=SCS,IMMRESP=N
7–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Twinax printers
Three of the possible line configurations are shown in this
section.
Line configurations
XCTO supports two types of twinax environments, SCS and DCA
in word processing. The next three illustrations show possible
configurations for both environments using IBM 5224/5225/
5256/5219 attachments.
•
Configuration 1 shows an IBM 5224, 5225 or 5256 and an
IBM 5219. Note that only one of the three printers shown at
address 0 and 1 can actually be attached, and the system
configuration must reflect this.
•
Configuration 2 shows Xerox printers replacing the IBM
printers.
In this case no change in the IBM system
configuration is required as long as the Xerox printer
emulates the printer it replaces.
•
Configuration 3 shows the Xerox printer operating in the
same system as the IBM printers. A Xerox printer has been
added to the system, so the IBM host configuration has to
be modified to reflect this addition.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
7–11
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-5.
Configuration 1
IBM 5224
IBM 5225
AS/400
IBM 36
IBM 38
and
IBM 5294
IBM 5224
IBM 5225
7 peripherals maximum
7 addresses on one I/O port
Many I/O port on one CPU
IBM 5219
Printer addresses
7–12
Addr 1
Addr2
Addr 0
Address 0 =
0
0
0
Address 1 =
0
0
1
Address 2 =
0
1
0
Address 3 =
0
1
1
Address 4 =
1
0
0
Address 5 =
1
0
1
Address 6 =
1
1
0
Last peripheral terminator
switch on
IBM 5219
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-6.
Configuration 2
4213
AS/400
IBM 36
IBM 38
and
IBM 5294
4213
7 peripherals maximum
7 addresses on one I/O port
Many I/O port on one CPU
Printer addresses
Addr 1
Addr2
Addr 0
Address 0 =
0
0
0
Address 1 =
0
0
1
Address 2 =
0
1
0
Address 3 =
0
1
1
Address 4 =
1
0
0
Address 5 =
1
0
1
Address 6 =
1
1
0
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
4213
Last peripheral terminator
switch on
4213
7–13
CONFIGURATION AND SYSGEN SAMPLES
Figure 7-7.
Configuration 3
IBM 5224
IBM 5225
AS/400
IBM 36
IBM 38
and
IBM 5294
IBM 5224
IBM 5225
7 peripherals maximum
7 addresses on one I/O port
Many I/O port on one CPU
4213
Printer addresses
7–14
Addr 1
Addr2
Addr 0
Address 0 =
0
0
0
Address 1 =
0
0
1
Address 2 =
0
1
0
Address 3 =
0
1
1
Address 4 =
1
0
0
Address 5 =
1
0
1
Address 6 =
1
1
0
Last peripheral terminator
switch on
4213
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A.
Font and code set tables
This appendix contains the supported ISO6937, APL, and OCR
character sets and the IBM code set tables applicable to XCTO.
The tables provide:
•
The Xerox font character assignments for ISO6937, APL, and
OCR—tables A-1 to A-3
•
The IBM code set tables supported by XCTO when operating
in its ISO6937 mode—tables A-4 to A-19
•
The APL character assignments supported by the XCTO when
operating in its EBCDIC-SNA mode—table A-20.
Note: The other Xerox EBCDIC-SNA character assignments
supported in this mode can be found in the printer
documentation.
•
The IBM DSC translation table supported by XCTO when
operating in its ISO6937 and EBCDIC-DSC modes—table A21.
•
The DSC APL character assignments supported by the XCTO
when operating in its ISO6937 mode—table A-22.
•
The DSC APL character assignments supported by the XCTO
when operating in its EBCDIC-DSC mode—table A-23.
•
The IBM DSC to Xerox DSC translation table used by XCTO
when operating in its EBCDIC-DSC mode—table A-24.
•
The Xerox special translate table for fonts and graphics—table
A-25.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A–1
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
The following table shows the ISO6937 extended character set
support for the XCTO's Titan 10-27M fonts.
Table A-1.
ISO6937 extended character set
2x
3x
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
x0
Sp
0
@
P
`
p
x1
!
1
A
Q
a
q
`
¡
±
`
1
x2
”
2
B
R
b
r
´
¢
2
´
®
x3
#
3
C
S
c
s
ˆ
£
3
ˆ
©
x4
$
4
D
T
d
t
˜
$
×
˜
™
x5
%
5
E
U
e
u
¯
¥
µ
¯
x6
&
6
F
V
f
v
˘
#
¶
˘
x7
'
7
G
W
g
w
˙
§
•
˙
Ł
ł
x8
(
8
H
X
h
x
¨
¬
÷
¨
L
l
x9
)
9
I
Y
i
y
¨
¦
'
'
¨
Ø
ø
xA
*
:
J
Z
j
z
°
”
”
°
Œ
œ
xB
+
;
K
[
k
{
¸
«
»
¸
º
ß
xC
,
<
L
\
l
|
_
_
xD
-
=
M
]
m
}
˝
˝
xE
.
>
N
^
n
~
˛
˛
xF
/
?
O
_
o
del
˘
°
¿
Dx
Ex
-
Fx
K
Æ
æ
ª
ı
ƒ
˘
Note: XCTO also uses an XCP14 ISO font which does not include
the florin (X'D7'), Pesetas (X'DA'), and double underline (X'DB'),
A–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-2.
APL character set
This table does not provide full support for APL as defined by
IBM. If full support is required, you need to acquire the
appropriate font and use the XCTO translate table feature to
match the characters.
Unsupported characters print as a white plus sign in a black box
(reverse video effect).
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A–3
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-3.
OCRA character set
2x
3x
4x
5x
6x
7x
x0
Sp
0
@
P
`
p
x1
!
1
A
Q
a
q
x2
”
2
B
R
b
r
x3
#
3
C
S
c
s
£
ˆ
x4
$
4
D
T
d
t
$
˜
x5
%
5
E
U
e
u
¥
x6
&
6
F
V
f
v
x7
'
7
G
W
g
w
x8
(
8
H
X
h
x
¨
Ñ
x9
)
9
I
Y
i
y
¨
Ø
ø
xA
*
:
J
Z
j
z
Ö
ö
xB
+
;
K
[
k
{
xC
,
<
L
\
l
|
xD
-
=
M
]
m
}
xE
.
>
N
^
n
~
xF
/
?
O
_
o
A–4
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
Å
å
`
Æ
æ
´
Ä
ä
§
˛
ß
Ü
ü
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-4.
Code Page 037—U.S. English supported by XCTO
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
^
{
}
\
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
~
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
¢
!
¦
:
«
ª
¡
[
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
#
»
º
¿
]
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
|
¬
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–5
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaaaaa
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-5.
A–6
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
ä
ü
Ö
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
ß
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
{
ë
[
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
@
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
~
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
Ä
Ü
ö
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
#
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
§
¯
¦
}
\
]
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
´
y
±
Code Page 273—Austrian German supported by
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
æ
¸
´
Y
Æ
®
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-6.
Code Page 274—Belgian supported
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
by
XCTO
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
é
è
ç
0
x1
(RSP)
{
/
É
a
j
¨
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
@
}
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
\
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
[
]
ù
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
#
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
à
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
~
ò
¦
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–7
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-7.
A–8
Code Page 275—Brazilian supported by XCTO
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
õ
é
\
0
x1
(RSP)
}
/
[
a
j
~
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
`
î
@
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
¦
ì
]
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
ã
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
É
$
ç
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
Ç
,
Õ
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
Ã
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
{
¨
y
#
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
®
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-8.
Code Page 276—French Canadian supported by
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
é
è
¸
0
x1
(RSP)
{
/
É
a
j
¨
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
[
}
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
à
´
ù
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
#
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
~
ò
¦
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
]
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
\
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–9
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-9.
Code Page 277—Danish/Norwegian supported by
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
¦
@
°
µ
¢
æ
å
\
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
ü
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
}
ï
$
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
#
ø
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
Å
,
Æ
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
Ø
¯
ö
~
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
A–10
{
´
y
¸
´
Y
[
±
]
®
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-10. Code Page 278—Finnish/Swedish supported
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
by
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
ä
å
É
0
x1
(RSP)
`
/
\
a
j
ü
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
{
ë
#
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
[
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
}
ï
$
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
é
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
§
ö
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
Å
,
Ä
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
Ö
¯
¦
~
@
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
]
®
A–11
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-11. Code Page 280—Italian supported by XCTO when
operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
[
µ
¢
à
è
ç
0
x1
(RSP)
]
/
É
a
j
ì
#
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
{
}
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
@
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
\
~
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
ù
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
°
é
ò
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
£
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
§
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
¦
`
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
A–12
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
®
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-12. Code Page 281—Japanese (Latin characters)
supported by XCTO when operating in its
ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
{
}
$
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
¯
[
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
\
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
£
!
¦
:
«
ª
¡
^
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
¥
,
#
»
º
¿
]
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
~
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
|
¬
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–13
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-13. Code Page 282—Portuguese supported by XCTO
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
ã
´
Ç
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
ç
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
{
î
#
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
~
ì
\
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
[
]
õ
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
Ã
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
Õ
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
}
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
¨
y
@
(EO)
A–14
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
®
¦
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-14. Code
Page
supported by
ISO6937 mode
284—Spanish/Spanish
speaking
XCTO when operating in its
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
{
}
\
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
¨
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
¦
ß
#
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
[
]
ñ
:
«
ª
¡
^
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
Ñ
»
º
¿
!
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
~
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
|
¬
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–15
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-15. Code Page 285—U.K. English supported by XCTO
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
{
}
\
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
¯
[
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
$
!
¦
:
«
ª
¡
^
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
£
,
#
»
º
¿
]
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
~
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
|
¬
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
A–16
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
®
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-16. Code Page 297—French supported
when operating in its ISO6937 mode
by
XCTO
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
[
`
¢
é
è
ç
0
x1
(RSP)
{
/
É
a
j
¨
#
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
@
}
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
]
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
\
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
µ
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
°
§
ù
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
£
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
à
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
~
ò
¦
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–17
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-17. Code Page 310—APL supported by XCTO when
operating in its ISO6937 mode
* These code points are not supported by the XCTO's APL font
and are printed as a white plus sign in a black square (reverse
video).
+ These code points are supported by the XCTO's APL font but
are not exactly typographically correct.
A–18
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-18. Code Page 500—Multinational supported
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
by
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
x0
(SP)
&
-
ø
Ø
°
µ
¢
{
}
\
0
x1
(RSP)
é
/
É
a
j
~
£
A
J
(NSP)
1
x2
â
ê
Â
Ê
b
k
s
¥
B
K
S
2
x3
ä
ë
Ä
Ë
c
l
t
•
C
L
T
3
x4
à
è
À
È
d
m
u
ƒ
D
M
U
4
x5
á
í
Á
Í
e
n
v
§
E
N
V
5
x6
ã
î
Ã
Î
f
o
w
¶
F
O
W
6
x7
å
ï
Å
Ï
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
x8
ç
ì
Ç
Ì
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
x9
ñ
ß
Ñ
`
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
xA
[
]
¦
:
«
ª
¡
¬
–
ı
2
3
xB
.
$
,
#
»
º
¿
|
ô
û
Ô
Û
xC
<
*
%
@
¯
ö
ü
Ö
Ü
xD
(
)
_
'
¨
ò
ù
Ò
Ù
xE
+
;
>
=
´
ó
ú
Ó
Ú
xF
!
^
?
”
õ
¨
y
Õ
(EO)
æ
´
y
¸
´
Y
Æ
±
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
®
A–19
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-19. Code Page 892—OCRA supported by XCTO when
operating in its ISO6937 mode
4x
5x
6x
(SP)
&
-
Ø
/
a
j
b
k
s
c
l
x4
d
x5
x6
x0
x1
7x
x2
Ä
x3
Å
x7
_
x8
Ñ
x9
xA
[
]
xB
.
$
,
#
xC
<
*
%
@
xD
(
)
xE
+
;
xF
!
A–20
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
{
}
\
0
£
A
J
¥
B
K
S
2
t
C
L
T
3
m
u
D
M
U
4
e
n
v
E
N
V
5
f
o
w
F
O
W
6
g
p
x
G
P
X
7
h
q
y
H
Q
Y
8
i
r
z
I
R
Z
9
Ö
Ü
1
:
|
'
>
=
?
”
Æ
(EO)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-20. APL character assignment supported by
when operating in its EBCDIC-SNA mode
XCTO
Note: Code points/characters not supported by the XCTO’s APL
font print as a white plus sign in a black box (reverse video
effect).
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A–21
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-22. DSC code page supported by the XCTO when
operating in its ISO6937 and EBCDIC-DSC modes
0x
1x
2x
3x
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
x0
NUL
(SP)
0
&
à
ä
À
Ä
a
q
A
Q
x1
EM
=
1
¯
è
ë
È
Ë
b
r
B
R
x2
FF
'
2
.
ì
ï
Ì
Ï
c
s
C
S
x3
NL
”
3
,
ò
ö
Ò
Ö
d
t
D
T
x4
STP
/
4
:
ù
ü
Ù
Ü
e
u
E
U
x5
CR
\
5
+
ã
â
Ã
Â
f
v
F
V
x6
|
6
¬
õ
ê
Õ
Ê
g
w
G
W
x7
¦
7
_
¨
y
î
Y
Î
h
x
H
X
x8
<
?
8
.
à
ô
A
Ô
i
y
I
Y
x9
>
!
9
ˇ
è
û
E
Û
j
z
J
Z
xA
[
$
ß
^
é
á
E
Á
k
æ
K
Æ
xB
]
¢
§
~
ì
é
I
É
l
ø
L
Ø
xC
)
£
#
¨
ò
í
O
Í
m
å
M
Å
xD
(
¥
@
´
ù
ó
U
Ó
n
ç
N
Ç
xE
}
Pts
%
`
ü
ú
Y
Ú
o
;
O
;
xF
{
_
¸
ç
ñ
C
Ñ
p
*
P
*
Note: Code point X‘75‘ print as a Ä when operating in the
EBCDIC-DSC mode
A–22
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-23. DSC APL character assignment supported by the
XCTO when operating in its ISO6937 mode
Note: Unsupported characters print as a white plus sign in a
black box (reverse video effect).
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A–23
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-24. APL character assignment supported by the XCTO
when operating in its EBCDIC-DSC
Note: Unsupported characters print as a white plus sign in a
black box (reverse video effect).
A–24
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-25. IBM DSC to Xerox DSC translate table used when
the XCTO is operating in its EBCDIC-DSC mode
0x
1x
2x
3x
4x
5x
6x
7x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
x0
40
40
F0
50
57
75
9E
B7
81
98
C1
D8
x1
40
7E
F1
60
58
76
9F
B8
82
99
C2
D9
x2
0C
7D
F2
4B
59
77
A0
B9
83
A2
C3
E2
x3
15
7F
F3
6B
62
78
AA BA
84
A3
C4
E3
x4
40
61
F4
7A
63
80
AB
BB
85
A4
C5
E4
x5
0D
E0
F5
4E
64
8A AC BC
86
A5
C6
E5
x6
40
4F
F6
5F
65
8B
41
42
87
A6
C7
E6
x7
40
6A
F7
49
66
8C
E8
BE
88
A7
C8
E7
x8
6E
6F
F8
51
67
8D
AF
BF
89
A8
C9
E8
x9
4C
5A
F9
52
68
8E
B0
CA
91
A9
D1
E9
xA
AD 5B
47
53
69
8F
B1
CB
92
E1
D2
FA
xB
BD 4A
48
A1
70
90
B2 CC
93
EA
D3
FB
xC
5D
43
7B
54
62
9A
B3 CD
94
EB
D4
FC
xD
4D
44
7C
79
63
9B
B4
DF
95
83
D5
FD
xE
D0
45
6C
61
80
9C
B5
DB
96
EF
D6
5E
xF
C0
46
6D
56
83
9D
B6 DC
97
5C
D7 5C
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
A–25
FONT AND CODE SET TABLES
Table A-26. Special font/graphic translate table
x0
4x
5x
00
31
x1
6x
8x
9x
Ax
Bx
Cx
Dx
Ex
Fx
3F
33
61
6A
41
4A
x2
62
6B
73
42
4B
53
5B
x3
63
6C
74
43
4C
54
5C
x4
64
6D
75
44
4D
55
5D
x5
65
6E
76
45
4E
56
5E
x6
66
6F
77
46
4F
57
5F
x7
67
70
78
47
50
58
60
x8
68
71
79
48
51
59
7B
x9
69
72
7A
49
52
5A
7C
xA
xB
30
34
35
xD
39
xE
7D
xF
40
38
xC
A–26
7x
32
36
7E
37
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
B.
DSC option defaults
This appendix contains a table showing the default DSC options
for the IBM printer emulated and also for the XCTO.
For full details of these commands, refer to chapter 2, “Data
stream commands.”
Manuals used to provide this information were:
•
IBM 3262 Printer Models 3413 Component Description
•
IBM 3268 Printer Models 2 & 2c Description
•
IBM 3816 Page Printer Setup Instructions
•
IBM 4245 Printer, Models D12 and D20 Information Manual
•
IBM 6262 Printer, Models D12 and D14, Product Description
•
Xerox 4045 Laser CP Model 120 User and Reference Manual
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
B–1
DSC OPTIONS DEFAULTS
Table B-1.
3287
default
setting
DSC option
CR @ MPP + 1
First Print Position next line
3262
default
setting
IBM printer DSC option defaults
3268
default
setting
3812/16
4245
default
default
setting
setting
4045
Model 20
default
setting
XCTO
default
setting
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
personalised
*
First Print Position, current line
*
*
*
NL @ MPP +1
First Print Position next line
on
shipment
personalised
*
First Print Position + 2 lines
on
*
*
*
*
*
FF WITHIN A PRINT BUFFER
shipment
personalised
2nd Print Position, first line (next
1st Print Position, first line
6262
default
setting
*
*
form)
on
shipment
FF @ END OF PRINT BUFFER
personalised
First Print Position, Line 2
(next
First Print Position, Line 1
form)
*
*
*
*
NULL SUPPRESSION
Suppression of NULL lines
personalised
*
*
*
*
Print NULLs as spaces
‘FF‘ VALID
At Print Position 1 and MPP+1
on
*
*
shipment
(chars)
*
*
*1
*
Not
*
personalised
*
*
*
*
Whenever encountered
AUTO FF @ END OF PRINT BUFFER
Print Position 1 next line
on
shipment
on
shipment
personalised
*
*
*
*
Print Position 1 next form
on
*
shipment
Available
FF AFTER LOCAL COPY
Print Position 1 next line
*
*
*
Print Position 1 next form
Not
*
Available
*
*
*
*
FF BEFORE LOCAL COPY
Print Position unchanged
Not
Not
Not
Not
Not
Not
Not
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
No
Not
Not
Not
Not
Not
Not
Yes
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Print Position 1 next form
GENERATE NL ON RECEIPT OF EM
*
1
B–2
*
*
denotes the setting.
FF also honoured when it occurs at location 50H in the coax
communications buffe
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C.
Command summary
This appendix contains a table of the special feature commands
and a table of the IBM datastream commands available with
XCTO.
IBM datastream command summary
For full details on these commands, see chapter 2, “Datastream
commands.”
Table C-1.
3270/DSC/DSE Commands
Name
Code
Carriage Return (CR)
X'05'
End of Message (EM)
X'01'
Form Feed (FF)
X'02'
New Line (NL)
X'03'
Null (NUL)
X'00'
Stop (STOP)
X'04'
X'06'
X'07'
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C–1
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-2.
C–2
SCS commands (coax)
Name
Code
Backspace (BS)
16
Bell (BEL)
2F
Carriage Return (CR)
0D
Eight Ones
FF
Enable Presentation (ENP)
14
Form Feed (FF)
0C
Graphic Escape (GE)
08gg
Horizontal Tab (HT)
05
Inhibit Presentation (INP)
24
Interchange Record Separator
(IRS)
1E
Line Feed (LF)
25
New Line (NL)
15
Null
00
Page Presentation Media (PPM)
2BD2nn48xxxxxxsddoddxxxxxx
Set Attribute (SA)
28ttvv
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA)
2BC803grop
Set Horizontal Format (SHF)
2BC1nnhhlmrmt1..tn
Set Line Density (SLD)
2BC6nnld
Set Print Density (SPD)
2BD2nn2900cp
Set Text Orientation (STO)
2BD10683xx002D00
Set Vertical Format (SVF)
2BC2nnvvtmbmt1..tn
Space
40
Transparent (TRN)
35nn
Vertical Channel Select (VCS)
04vv
Vertical Tab (VT)
0B
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-3.
SCS commands (twinax)
Name
Code
Absolute Horizontal
Presentation Position (AHPP)
34C0ah
Absolute Vertical Presentation
Position (AVPP)
34C4av
Backspace (BS)
16
Bell (BEL)
2F
Carriage Return (CR)
0D
Eight Ones
FF
Form Feed (FF)
0C
Horizontal Tab (HT)
05
Interchange Record Separator
(IRS)
1E
Line Feed (LF)
25
Load Alternate Characters (LAC)
2BFEnnmmeei1... in
New Line (NL)
15
Null
00
Page Presentation Media (PPM)
2BD2nn48xxxxfcsddoddqqdx
Relative Horizontal Presentation
Position (RHPP)
34C8rh
Relative Vertical Presentation
Position (RVPP)
344Crv
Set Character Density (SCD)
2BD2042900cp
Set Coded Graphic Character
Set through Local ID (SCGL)
2BD10381id
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C–3
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-3.
C–4
SCS commands (twinax) (continued)
Name
Code
Set Graphic Error Action (SGEA)
2BC8nngguu
Set Horizontal Format (SHF)
2BC1nnhh
Set Line Density (SLD)
2BC6nnld
Set Text Orientation (STO)
2BD3nnF6cacalala
Set Vertical Format (SVF)
2BC2nnvv
Space
40
Switch (SW)
2A
Transparent (TRN)
35nn
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-4.
DCA commands
Name
Code
Backspace (BS)
16
Begin Emphasis (BE)
2BD1038A bd
Begin Overstrike (BOS)
2BD4nn72chbpgcgccpcp
Begin Underscore (BUS)
2BD4nn0A01bp
Bell (BEL)
2F
Carriage Return (CR)
0D
End Emphasis (EE)
2BD1028E
End Overstrike (EOS)
2BD40276
End Underscore (EUS)
2BD4020E
Form Feed (FF)
0C
Horizontal Tab (HT)
05
Indent Tab (IT)
39
Index Return (IRT)
33
Justify Text Field (JTF)
2BD2nn03rerepr
Line Feed (LF)
25
New Line (NL)
15
NULL
00
Numeric Backspace (NBS)
36
Page Presentation Media (PPM)
2BD2nn48xxxxfcsddoddqqdx
Release Left Margin (RLM)
2BD2020B
Repeat (RPT)
0A
Required Form Feed (RFF)
3A
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C–5
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-4.
C–6
DCA commands (continued)
Name
Code
Required New Line (RNL)
06
Required Space (RSP)
41
Set Exception Action (SEA)
2BD2nn85ecac
Set FID through GFID (SFG)
2BD10705gfgffwfwfa
Set GCGID through GCID
(SCG)
2BD10601gcgccpcp
Set Horizontal Margins (SHM)
2BD2nn11lmlmrmrm
Set Horizontal Tab (STAB)
2BD2nn01ffaltabs
Set Indent Level (SIL)
2BD10307il
Set Initial Conditions (SIC)
2BD20345si
Set Justify Mode (SJM)
2BD2nn0Dstpr
Set Line Spacing (SLS)
2BD20309ls
Set Presentation Page Size
(SPPS)
2BD2nn40wdwddpdp
Set Printer Set up (SPSU)
2BD2nn4Cxxpfxxsi
Set Single Line Density (SSLD)
2BD20415ldld
Set Text Orientation (STO)
2BD3nnF6cacalala
Set Vertical Margins (SVM)
2BD2nn49tmtmbmbm
Subscript (SBS)
38
Superscript (SPS)
09
Unit Backspace (UBS)
1A
Word Underscore (WUS)
23
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-5.
Description of feature
Special feature command summary
Command
Default
&&??@
None
Enter Filter mode
See Set Filter mode entry string
@Y36,1@
Set Filter mode entry string
@Y200,'<string>'@
@Y36,1@
Exit Filter mode
See Set Filter mode exit string
@Y36,0@
Set Filter mode exit string
@Y201,'<string>'@
@Y36,0@
Enter Multibyte Transparency mode
See Set Transparency mode
entry string
@@
Set Transparency mode entry string
@Y202,'<string>'@
@@
Exit Multibyte Transparency mode
See Set Transparency mode
exit string
@
Set Transparency mode exit string
@Y203,'<string>'@
@
Single Byte Transparency mode
@nn
None
Enter Data Monitor mode
@T1,
None
Exit Data Monitor mode
@T1,
None
Download user string
@Y61,'<string>'@
None
Recall user string
@Zn
None
Create translate table
@Y71,<table no.>@
None
Delete translate table
@Y72,<table no.>@
None
Interface escape character
Define interface escape character
Mode change commands
User defined strings
Translate table options
For full details on these commands, see chapter 3.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C–7
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-5.
Special
feature
(continued)
command
summary
Description of feature
Command
Default
Select translate table
@Y73,<table no.>@
None
Modify translate table
@Y75,<CTT><ISO6937>@
None
Create APL translate table
@Y76,<table no.>@
None
Delete APL translate table
@Y77,<table no.>@
None
Select APL translate table
@Y78,<table no.>@
None
Modify APL translate table
@Y80,<CTT><APL>@
None
Create APL translate table
@Y76,<table no.>@
None
Delete APL translate table
@Y77,<table no.>@
None
Select APL translate table
@Y78,<table no.>@
None
Modify APL translate table
@Y80,<CTT><APL>@
None
Create OCR translate table
@Y81,<table no.>@
None
Delete OCR translate table
@Y82,<table no.>@
None
Select OCR translate table
@Y83,<table no.>@
None
Modify OCR translate table
@Y85,<CTT><OCR>@
None
Print translate table
@T2,
None
Assign GFID cross reference
@Y97,<GFID>
<fontname/string>@
see chapter 5
Delete GFID assignment
@Y97,86@
see chapter 5
Lines Per Inch (LPI)
@Y2,n@
6
Characters Per Inch (CPI)
@Y3,n@
10
GFID cross reference table
Defaults—Page format options
C–8
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-5.
Special
feature
(continued)
command
summary
Description of feature
Command
Default
Line Spacing
@Y4,n@
1
Page Length (MPL)
@Y5,n@
66
Maximum Print Position (MPP)
@Y6,n@
132
LU1 Language
@Y8,n@
14
Top Binding Margin (TBM)
@Y110,n@
0
Left Binding Margin (LBM)
@Y112,n@
0
Automatic New Page
@Y34,n@
1
Form Feed usage
@Y35,n@
0
Automatic New Line
@Y42,n@
1
Suppress CR’s and spaces for same position
@Y44,n@
0
Intervention Request (IRQ) timeout
@Y46,n@
12
Auto page orientation
@Y98,n,t@
n=1
Tray selection
@Y11,n@
1
Default tray orientation
@Y10,n,t@
n=2
Case
@Y7,n@
1
Buffer size
@Y1,n@
4
Generate New Line on receipt of EM
@Y41,n@
1
Form Feed before local copy
@Y25,n@
0
Form Feed after local copy
@Y26,n@
1
Defaults—Page orientation options
Defaults—DSC/DSE options
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C–9
COMMAND SUMMARY
Table C-5.
Special
feature
(continued)
command
summary
Description of feature
Command
Default
Null Suppression
@Y27,n@
0
Carriage Return at MPP+1
@Y28,n@
1
New Line at MPP+1
@Y29,n@
1
Form Feed within print buffer
@Y30,n@
0
Form Feed valid
@Y32,n@
0
Form Feed at end of print buffer
@Y31,n@
1
Automatic Form Feed at end of buffer
@Y33,n@
0
@X<n>
None
Saving default settings
Save to NVRAM
C–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
D.
4045 Model 20 emulation
This appendix contains considerations needed when using the
4045 Model 20 emulation.
Set Horizontal Format (SHF) command
•
Maximum Print Position (MPP) used = XES default left margin
+ IBM MPP value
•
Left Margin (LM) used = XES default left margin + (IBM LM
value - 1) x default XES font width
Note: When the Auto New Page option is enabled, the
above equation is not used. The left margin value used is the
XES default left margin which remains constant.
•
The Right Margin value is not used.
•
Horizontal Tabs used = XES default left margin + (IBM tab
value - 1) x default XES font width
Note: When the Auto New Page option is enabled, the
above equation is not used to calculate absolute XES tabs.
Tabs are passed as spaces to the printer with the left margin
defining the first tab stop.
Handling of Set Vertical Format (SVF) command
•
Maximum Page Length (MPL) used = MPL value set at the
user interface.
•
Top Margin (TM) used = XES default top margin + (IBM TM
value - 1) x default XES font line spacing.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
D–1
4045 MODEL 20 EMULATION
Note: When the Auto New Page option is enabled, the new
Top Margin to be used is not invoked until the next page.
•
Bottom Margin (BM) used = Physical page length - (XES
default top margin + (IBM bottom margin x default XES font
line spacing))
Note: When the Auto New Page option is enabled, the
current page is printed when MPL is reached. When the
Auto New Page option is disabled, the current page is
printed when the bottom margin is reached.
•
Vertical Tabs used = XES default left margin + (IBM tab
value - 1) x default XES line spacing
Note: When the Auto New Page option is enabled, the
equation is not used to calculate absolute XES tabs. Tabs are
passed as line feeds to the printer with the top margin
defining the first tab stop.
D–2
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E.
Coax communications buffer
This appendix describes a memory area known as
communications buffer which is used by all coax emulations.
the
The communications buffer contains a character buffer and an
attribute buffer. Each of these buffers contains 4KB of storage.
The first 80 bytes of the character buffer contains the printer
control information area (PCIA). The first 80 bytes of the attribute
buffer contains the extended PCIA.
The remainder of the character buffer is a message area, which
contains data and commands necessary for printing. The attribute
buffer can contain additional information about how each
character prints. Figure E-1 shows the communications buffer.
Figure E-1.
Communications buffer
X‘0000 - 004F‘ described
on the following pages
PCIA
Character Buffer
X‘0FFF‘
Ext. PCIA
X‘1000 to 104F‘ not used
Extension Attribute Buffer
X‘1FFF‘
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E–1
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Printer output area
Table E-1.
Address
Function
X'0000'
Status
Register
Printer output area
Description
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0 - Address 0006 is reserved
Data check
Order complete
Equipment check (hardware or PCIA error)
Operator intervention required
Sense data available (see byte 3)
Input code (see byte 2) available
(PA key pressed)
Valid switch transition (see byte 1 )
Bit 7
X'0001'
Switch
Status
Bit 0-2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Reserved
0 - Disable base colour switch off
0 - Monochrome output only
0 - Mono/Dual switch in mono state
1 - Mono/Dual switch in dual state
0 - Single/Double space switch in single state
1 - Single/Double space switch in double state
0 - 6/8 LPI switch in 6 LPI state
1 - 6/8 LPI switch in 8 LPI state
Bit 6
Bit 7
E–2
X'0002'
Switch
Input
Code
Code X'50'
Code X'5F'
Code X'5E'
Code X'5D'
Code X'6B'
Code X'6F'
Attention (PA key pressed while in receive state)
PA1 key pressed
PA2 key pressed
No PA key pressed
Inbound data available
LU1 mode inbound data without FM header
X'0003'
Sense
Data
Code X'01'
Code X'02'
Code X'03'
Code X'04'
Cancel key pressed (in SCS mode)
Invalid control code parameter
Invalid SCS control code
Order reject
X'0004'
X'0005'
Inbound
Message
Length
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-1.
Address
Function
X'0006'
Extended
Status
X'0007
to
X'0009''
Reserved
X'000A'
X'000B'
X'000C'
Printer output area (continued)
Description
Bit 0-7
Reserved
Features
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
1 - Underline supported
1 - Reverse video supported (not implemented)
1 - Blink supported (not implemented)
0 - Translate table not required
Reserved
0 - Format header subset 4 not supported (IPDS)
0 - Save/restore and query list not supported
0 - 3270/DSC/DSE query not supported
Printer
Type and
Character
Set
Bit 0-3
Printer type:
Bit 4-7
Character set
Features
Bit 0
1 - EAB (extension attribute buffer) installed apart from
4045 Model 20 emulation.
1 - APL/Text feature installed (requires EAB) apart from
4045 Model 20 emulation.
Reserved
SCS feature installed
001 = 960 byte screen size
010 = 1920 byte screen size
011 = 2560 byte screen size
110 = 3564 byte screen size
111 = 3440 byte screen size (only value used for
4045 Model 20 emulation)
1 - Unit ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4-6
Bit 7
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
0 = 3287 (4045 Model 20)
4 = 3268 and all other emulations
7 = 3262
= 0 (EBCDIC and APL supported)
E–3
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-1.
E–4
Printer output area (continued)
Address
Function
Description
X'000D'
Character
Buffer
Size
Code X'10'
4K basic buffer (does not include EAB)
X'000E'
Extended
ID
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
0 - Reserved
0 - Colour not supported
1 - LU-1 FM header data stream supported
0 - DSC load structure field order not supported
Reserved
Reserved
X'000F'
Reserved
0-1
2
3
4
5
6-7
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Control unit output area
Table E-2.
Control unit output area
Address
Function
Description
X'0010'
Mode
Bit 0-4
Bit 5
Bit 6-7
Reserved
Enable set attribute control code (SCS only)
Ignored
X'00011
Mode
Bit 0-2
Bit 3-4
Reserved
00
01
10
11
000 001 -
Bit 5-7
101
-
110
111
-
Host-directed copy
Host-initiated local copy
Operator-initiated local copy
Reserved
No mode
Datastream compatible
mode (DSC) - BSC
Datastream emulation
mode (DSE) - SNA
LU-1 mode
Reserved
X'0012'
to
X'0013'
Message
Starting
Address
(MSA)
These two bytes define the point in the message
area where the current message begins
X'0014‘
to
X'0015‘
Message
Length
These bytes define the length of the current message.
If the length is zero, nothing is printed.
In SCS mode, data wraps from the end of the
character buffer to address X'0050'
In non-SCS mode, data is loaded to the end of the
character buffer only.
X'0016'
Order
Code X'01'
Code X'02'
Code X'03'
Code X'05'
Code X'06'
Code X'07'
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Abort
System status available
Print processing
Load translate tables (ignored)
3270/DSC/DSE (ignored)
DSC load structured field (ignored)
E–5
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-2.
Address
Function
X'0017'
Order
Parameters
Abort
System
Status
Available
SCS
Mode Print
Processing
Description
The bits of this byte have different meanings for
different orders:
Bit 0-7
Reserved
Code X'00'
Code X'02'
Code X'03
Mode change
Enter send state (LU1 mode only)
Enter receive state (LU1 mode only)
Bit 0
0 - Extended order parameter not used
1 - Extended order parameter valid
(byte 0022)
0 - Not first segment of first-in-chain
1 - First segment of first-in-chain
0 - Not last segment of last-in-chain
1 - Last segment of last-in-chain
0 - SCS EBCDIC data code
Reserved
Reserved
Ignored - SCS datastream processing only
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4-6
Bit 7
E–6
Control unit output area (continued)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-2.
Address
Function
X'0017'
Order
Parameters
Non-LU1
Mode - Print
Description
The bits of this byte have different meanings for
different orders:
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5-6
Bit 7
3270/DSC/DS
E
Query
Control unit output area (continued)
Reserved
0 - Reserved
1 - Reserved
Reserved
0 - Character buffer control codes
X'01 through X'07'
are control codes in Base and APL
1 - Character buffer control codes
X'01' through X'07 are control codes
only if the attribute buffer byte
equals xxxxx001 (APL).
Otherwise, control codes 01-07 are
translated to graphics.
0 - Print without the attribute buffer
1 - Print with the attribute buffer
00 - Use machine default for dual/monocase
01 - Monocase
10 - Dual Case
0 - Unformatted mode (honour NL. EM.
and CR)
1 - Formatted mode (ignore NL, EM, and
CR and print a space for them).
bits 0-7
Ignored
Bits 0-7
Ignored
Bits 0-7
Ignored
Load
Translate
Table
Load
Structured
Field
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E–7
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-2.
Address
Function
X'0018'
Maximum Print
Position
X'0019'
to
X'0021'
Reserved
X'0022'
Extended
Order
Control unit output area (continued)
Description
This byte specifies the maximum print
position for 3270/DSC/DSE mode.
If zero, the value defined at the printer control panel is
used.
Note:
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Byte 0017, bit 0 must equal 1.
Reserved.
0 - Continue on error. Any SCS control
code not supported prints a hyphen
but does not return an error response.
1 - Stop on error. Any SCS control code not
supported returns a “function not supported”
response to the control unit and printing
stops.
Ignored
Reserved.
Bit 3-7
E–8
X'0023'
to
X'0049
Reserved
X'004A'
to
X'004D'
Test
Message
X'004E'
X'004F'
Reserved
Test message from control unit:
AA 32 74 AA (for 3274)
AA 32 76 AA (for 3276)
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Orders
Orders accepted by the XCTO are operations that control
printing and mode changing. The PCIA bytes X‘0016-0017‘
specify the type of order the printer is required to perform. The
first byte (X‘0016‘) contains the order and the second byte
(X‘0017‘) contains any applicable parameters for that order. The
following are valid orders:
01
Abort
02
SSA—System Status Available
03
Print processing
05
Load translate table(s) (ignored)
06
3270/DSC/DSE (DSC) query (ignored)
07
DSC load structured field (IPDS) (ignored)
For any other orders, the XCTO returns an ‘order reject’ and
‘order complete’ to the host system.
Abort
On receipt of an abort order, the XCTO terminates the current
order and then responds with order complete in the status byte
(byte 'X0000').
This order has no parameters, so the abort order does not use
PCIA byte X'0017'.
System Status Available (SSA)
The SSA order allows the host control unit to change the print
mode. If the printer is in SCS mode, this order also allows a
request for either PA1 or PA2 action by the host.
The parameter byte (PCIA byte X'0017') codes accepted for this
order are given on page E-6. If these parameters are incorrect,
'order reject' is returned to the host system.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E–9
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Print order processing
This order causes printing of the message buffer while taking into
account:
the print mode (PCIA byte X'0017'), the message
starting address (MSA), and the message length (ML) bytes in the
PCIA.
The MSA (PCIA bytes X'0012-0013') identifies the position of the
first byte of data in the print buffer. If the MSA value is outside
print buffer limits, the XCTO immediately returns an 'order reject'
and 'order complete' to the host system.
The ML (PCIA bytes X'0014-0015') plus MSA-1 defines the
position of the last byte of data in the buffer. If ML is zero, the
XCTO returns 'order complete' to the host system without an
error condition and without printing anything.
In the SCS mode if ML defines a position beyond the end of the
buffer, data wraps from the end of the buffer back to address
(X'0050'), the beginning of the data area.
In the DSC mode if ML extends beyond the end of the buffer,
printing stops at the end of the buffer. An End of Message (EM)
control code in the buffer overrides the ML, terminating the print
process at that point in the buffer.
When set correctly, the printer processes characters from the
message buffer, starting at the MSA and continuing in a
sequential manner for the length of the message. This processing
prints the printable characters in the buffer, using any commands
also in the buffer to format the printed page as required.
When a print order has been completed, the XCTO loads “order
complete” into PCIA byte X'0000' and posts “printer status
available.”
3270/DSC/DSE print order processing
In 3270/DSC/DSE (DSC) mode, the message buffer contains DSC
codes for printable characters and control functions.
Following the printing of the last line of data in the buffer, an
automatic new line is performed unless the print position is
already in column one or the XCTO‘s DSC options have been set
to inhibit this action.
E–10
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
The maximum print position (MPP) from PCIA byte X'0018'
specifies the maximum print position for each line of print.
If
MPP is zero, the print line width is determined by the value set at
the printer control panel.
If an entire print line does not contain any printable characters
(all are nulls, attributes, or in a nonprint field), it may not be
printed depending on how the XCTO‘s Null Suppression option
is set. In order to print a blank line, at least one character in the
line must be a space character within a print field, or the Null
Suppression option must be disabled.
Invalid control codes are treated as 'nulls'.
In addition to the printer control codes and graphic codes, the
data may contain screen-field attribute characters because the
printer can be used as local copy printer (copy screen image to
printer). A field starts with a field attribute (FA) character and
ends with the next FA character. Fields that cannot be printed
(e.g., input fields) are treated as blank fields and are called “nonprint fields.” The FA is normally the first character in a print order
and has the following definition, as shown in table E-3.
Table E-3.
Field Attribute (FA) character definitions
Bit
Value
0,1
11
2,3,4,5
XX11
Nonprint field
XX10
Print field
XX01
Print field
XX00
Print field
00
Reserved
6,7
Description
Field attribute identifier
If the first character in a print order is not an attribute character,
the attribute of the first field is determined as follows:
•
The print data is searched backwards for a field attribute from
MSA + ML-1 to MSA ignoring EM control codes. The first FA
found is then treated as if it had occurred at the MSA.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E–11
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
•
If no FA is in the data, printing defaults to the normal
unprotected attribute X'C0' (print field).
Some of the print data requires special attributes, such as
highlighting, colour and the APL character set. For data requiring
such specification, the host system places the data byte in the
base buffer and the appropriate place in the extension attribute
buffer (EAB).
If bit 4 in the PCIA order byte X'0017' is on, the printer uses the
attribute data contained in the EAB to decide the appearance of
the printed output.
If the EAB modifies a character byte in the base buffer, it is a
character attribute (CA). If the EAB modifies an FA byte in the
base buffer, it is an extended field attribute (EFA).
Usually the EFA is at the beginning of the EAB. If it is not there, a
similar search procedure is executed to find the first FA.
Table E-4 shows the format of the Extended Field Attribute (EFA):
Table E-4.
Bit
E–12
Extended Field Attribute (EFA)
Value
Description
0-1
00
01
10
11
Normal mode
Blink character (ignored)
Reverse video character (ignored)
Underline character (including spaces and
nulls)
2-4
xxx
Black
5-7
000
001
Base DSC character set
APL DSC character set
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
COAX COMMUNICATIONS BUFFER
Table E-5 shows the format of the Character Attribute (CA):
Table E-5.
Bit
Character Attribute (CA)
Value
Description
0-1
00
01
10
11
Revert to the EFA
Blink character (ignored)
Reverse video character (ignored)
Underline character
2-4
xxx
Black
5-7
000
001
Revert to the EFA character set
APL DSC character set
SCS order processing
In SCS mode, the message buffer contains SCS datastream data,
which is made up of control codes (with or without parameters)
and EBCDIC printable characters.
Following printing of the last line of data in the buffer, the print
position remains at the next character position (no automatic NL
occurs).
The printer does not use the extension attribute buffer in SCS
mode. The printer accesses the characters and control codes
from the start of the data buffer to the end in a sequential
manner.
APL characters can be sent to the printer if preceded by the
graphic escape character (X'08').
The XCTO emulations check SCS commands when processing
them, reporting invalid control codes and invalid parameters as
appropriate.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
E–13
Glossary
conserve
APL
A Programming Language. Also refers to a symbol set. Fonts for
the APL symbol set can be found in the 4213 Coax/Twinax
cartridge.
CA
Character Attribute.
CAs, which appear in the Extension
Attribute Buffer, modify printable characters in the Message Data
Storage Area. CAs control underlining and use of the base/APL
character set.
ribbon
The equivalent of “draft quality“ in the impact printer
environment.
This parameter, which appears in the Page
Presentation Media (PPM) DCA command, is used in the auto
page orientation algorithm.
COR
Computer Output Reduction. COR, which is treated as a third
page orientation, can be used to create a scaled-down version of
computer output on a landscape letter-sized page.
CTT
Custom Translate Table. A table of customised character code
mappings. The 4213 Laser Printer Coax/Twinax Interface has a
special feature that allows users to remap hex code input to
printable characters as desired.
CUOA
Control Unit Output Area. The CUOA, which occupies locations
X'0010' to X'004F' of the PCIA, contains information regarding
orders from the control unit as well as configuration information.
The CUOA is written by the cluster controller and read by the
printer.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
GLOSSARY-1
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY-2
DCA
Document Content Architecture. A standard format for word
processing and electronic mail in the IBM environment.
DSC
Data Stream Compatible. The 4213 Laser Printer will accept the
non-SCS data stream from a DSC cluster controller when the
Coax/Twinax interface is installed.
DSE
Data Stream Emulation. The 4213 will accept the non-SCS data
stream from a DSE cluster controller when the Coax/Twinax
interface is installed.
draft quality
Specified by the “conserve ribbon“ parameter in the Page
Presentation Media (PPM) DCA command. Used in the auto
page orientation algorithm: when draft quality is requested, the
page will be COR, if that is the default tray orientation. See also
letter quality.
EAB
Extension Attribute Buffer. The elements in this buffer, which
have a one-to-one correspondence with characters and attributes
in the MDSA, can be used to turn on underscoring or APL in the
Coax DSC environment.
EBCDIC
Extended Binary-Coded Decimal Interchange Code—A digital
coding system used to represent characters electronically, each
character being represented by eight bits.
EBCDIC is the
character code set accepted by printers in the SCS environment.
EFA
Extended Field Attribute. EFAs, which appear in the Extension
Attribute Buffer, modify Field Attributes in the Message Data
Storage Area. EFAs control underlining and use of the base/APL
character set.
FA
Field Attribute. Field Attributes, which appear in the MDSA,
control print/non-print attributes in DSC systems.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
GLOSSARY
fontroot
GFID
A font name without the landscape or portrait (-P or -L)
orientation suffix.
Global Font Identifier, a number that references a font.
Interface Escape Character
A character used in coax/twinax interface escape sequences. See
Special Features.
IPDS
Intelligent Printer Data Stream. A page definition language for
electronic page printers in the IBM environment. IPDS is not
supported by the 4213 Laser Printer.
IRQ
Intervention Required. When a printer fault occurs, the 4213
informs the host system of the need for operator intervention by
setting bit 4 of location 0 of the PCIA.
ISO
International Standards Organisation.
letter quality
Specified by the “standard ribbon“ parameter in the Page
Presentation Media (PPM) DCA command. Used to determine
orientation: when letter quality is requested, the page will be
printed portrait rather than in COR, if that is the default tray
orientation. See also: draft quality.
Logical Page Size
The size of printed text, plus top and left margins. Logical Page
Size is used in the auto page orientation algorithm. See also LPL,
LPW.
LPI
Lines Per Inch. The LPI printer control panel setting determines
the default, which can be overridden by SCS or DCA commands
from the host.
LPL
Logical Page Length. LPL is determined by the number of lines
on the page (MPL), the lines per inch (LPI) and the top margin.
See also Logical Page Size, LPW.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
GLOSSARY-3
GLOSSARY
LPW
GLOSSARY-4
Logical Page Width.
LPW is determined by the number of
characters on a line (MPP), the characters per inch (CPI) and the
left margin. See also Logical Page Size, LPL.
LU1
Logical Unit 1. An SCS device.
LU3
Logical Unit 3. A 3270 data stream (DSC or DSE) device.
MDSA
Message Data Storage Area. The area of the coax input buffer,
starting at X'50', where printable data resides.
MPL
Maximum Print Length. The maximum number of lines on a
page. The page length printer control panel setting determines
the default MPL, which can be overridden by SCS or DCA
commands from the host.
MPP
Maximum Print Position. The maximum number of characters on
a line. The page width printer control panel setting determines
the default MPP, which can be overridden by PCIA location 0018
or by SCS or DCA commands from the host.
NVM
Non-Volatile Memory. Data stored in NVM is preserved when
the printer is powered off. While data stored on media such as
disk or tape is preserved across a power off/on, “NVM“ is not
generally used to describe these types of data storage. Rather,
NVM is used synonymously with NVRAM.
NVRAM
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory. Data stored in this type
of random access memory chip is saved across a power off/on,
usually due to the presence of a battery backup.
OCR
Optical Character Recognition. Also refers to a symbol. Fonts
for the OCR symbol set can be found in the 4213 Coax/Twinax
cartridge.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
GLOSSARY
PA1
Programme Attention 1. Key input code X'5F' is loaded into POA
location 0002 during printer-host communications after the PA1
button is pressed. Note that this is generally done as part of an
applications programme running on the host.
PA2
Programme Attention 2.
Key input code X'5E' is loaded into
POA location 0002 during printer-host communications after the
PA1 button is pressed. Note that this is generally done as part of
an applications programme running on the host.
PCIA
Printer Communications Interface Area.
The PCIA, which
occupies the first 50 hexadecimal bytes in the input buffer of a
coax-attached printer, contains control information. The POA,
which occupies the first 10 hexadecimal locations, contains
printer information that is read by the cluster controller. The
CUOA, which occupies the next 40 hexadecimal locations,
contains cluster controller information that is read by the printer.
POA
Printer Output Area. The POA, which occupies locations 0 to
X'000F' of the PCIA, contains information regarding printer status
and configuration. The POA is written by the printer and read by
the cluster controller.
PSF
Print Services Facility.
PSF is the print driver that converts
Systems Application Architecture (SAA) source applications data
to IPDS (Intelligent Printer Data Stream).
PSF also converts
Advanced Function Printing Data Stream (AFPDS) to IPDS. Note:
the 4213 Laser Printer does not handle IPDS.
SAA
Systems Application Architecture.
This integrated architecture,
announced by IBM in 1987, has four main components: 1.
Common User Access (CUA) addresses user interface issues. 2.
Common Programming Interface (CPI) addresses programming
languages and related services. 3.
Common Communications
Support (CCS), the communications component, includes the
more modern subsets of SNA.
4. Common Applications, such
as office automation.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
GLOSSARY-5
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY-6
SCS
SNA Character String. SCS Mode can also be referred to as LU1
mode. The 4213 Laser Printer will accept the EBCDIC data
stream from an SCS cluster controller when the Coax/Twinax
interface is installed.
SNA
Systems Network Architecture defines message
protocols for IBM network communications.
formats
and
sense code
Applies to coax only. The 4213 will load a sense code into
location 0003 in the PCIA when it detects a cancel keypress or an
invalid parameter or order from the host. It will also set bit 5 in
location 0.
When in XRX 4045-20 mode, only the cancel
keypress sense code is returned to the host. Note that IRQ, PA1
and PA2 utilise POA locations other than 0003.
Special Features
The features accessible when “Full Features“ are selected under
the “Special Features“ UI options.
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Index
3
3270 DSC/DSE control codes, 2-2
Carriage Return, 2-4
End of Message, 2-4
Form Feed, 2-4
New Line, 2-4
Null, 2-5
Stop, 2-5
4
4045 Model 20
font compatibility, 4-3
graphics compatibility, 4-5
A
Absolute Horizontal Presentation Position, 2-18
Absolute Vertical Presentation Postion, 2-18
APL
characters, 3-3 to 3-8
translate table, 3-34 to 3-36
Automatic Form Feed, 3-63 to 3-65
Automatic New Line, 3-50
Automatic New Page, 3-49
Auto Page Orientation, 3-53
B
Back Space, 2-25
Begin Emphasis, 2-25
Begin Overstrike, 2-26 to 2-27
Begin Underscore, 2-28
Bell, 2-30
bolding, see Begin Emphasis
buffer size, 3-61
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
C
Carriage Return
3270 DSC/DSE 2-4
SCS and DCA, 2-30
Carriage Return at Maximum Print Position +1, 3-66
case, 3-61
character
set ID (SCGL), 5-9
sets, 5-8
graphic, 5-10
Characters Per Inch, 3-44
coax
hosts, 1-6
limitations, 1-12
LU1, 3-3
printers
IBM 3262, 1-7
IBM 3268, 1-7
IBM 3287, 1-7
IBM 3812/3816, 1-8
IBM 4245, 1-8
IBM 6262, 1-8
Xerox 4045 Model 20, 1-9
code page (CPGID), 5-9
commands
DSC and DSE, see also DSC/DSE, options
Carriage Return, 2-4
End of Message, 2-4
Form Feed, 2-4
New Line, 2-5
Null, 2-5
Stop, 2-5
‘X06’ and ‘07’ codes, 2-6
INDEX-1
INDEX
commands (continued)
SCS and DCA
Absolute Horizontal Presentation Position,
2-23 to 2-24
Absolute Vertical Presentation Position, 2-24
Back Space, 2-25
Begin Emphasis, 2-25
Begin Overstrike, 2-26 to 2-28
Begin Underscore, 2-28 to 2-29
Bell, 2-30
Carriage Return, 2-30
Eight Ones, 2-30 to 2-31
Enable Presentation, 2-31
End Emphasis, 2-31 to 2-32
End Overstrike, 2-32
End Underscore, 2-33
Escape, 2-33
Expanded Space—Numeric Space, 2-34
Form Feed, 2-34
Graphic Escape, 2-34 to 2-35
Horizontal Tab, 2-35
Indent Tab, 2-35 to 2-36
Index Return, 2-36
Inhibit Presentation, 2-36
Interchange Record Separator, 2-37
Justify Text Field, 2-37 to 2-39
Line Feed, 2-39
Load Alternate Characters, 2-39 to 2-40
New Line, 2-40 to 2-41
Null, 2-41
Numeric Backspace, 2-41 to 2-42
Page Presentation Media (coax), 2-42 to 2-43
Page Presentation Media (twinax),
2-44 to 2-45
Relative Horizontal Presentation Position,
2-45 to 2-46
Relative Vertical Presentation Position, 2-46
Release Left Margin, 2-47
Repeat, 2-47
Required Form Feed, 2-48
Required New Line, 2-48
Required Space, 2-48
INDEX-2
Set Attribute, 2-49
Set Character Density, 2-50 to 2 -51
Set Coded Graphic Character Set Through
Local ID, 2-51 to 2-52
Set Exception Action, 2-52 to 2-54
Set FID Through GFID (SFG), 2-55
Set GCGID Through GCID (SCG),
2-56 to 2-57
Set Graphic Error Action (coax), 2-57
Set Graphic Error Action (twinax), 2-58
Set Horizontal Format (coax), 2-59 to 2-61
Set Horizontal Format (twinax), 2-61 to 2-62
Set Horizontal Margins, 2-62 to 2-63
Set Horizontal Tab, 2-63 to 2-64
Set Indent Level, 2-65
Set Initial Conditions, 2-65 to 2-67
Set Justify Mode, 2-68 to 2-69
Set Line Density (coax), 2-70
Set Line Density (twinax), 2-71 to 2-72
Set Line Spacing, 2-72
Set Presentation Page Size, 2-73
Set Print Density, 2-74
Set Printer Setup, 2-75
Set Single Line Distance, 2-76
Set Text Orientation (coax), 2-77
Set Text Orientation (twinax), 2-78
Set Vertical Format (coax) 2-79 to 2-81
Set Vertical Format (twinax), 2-81
Set Vertical Margins, 2-82
Space, 2-83
Subscript, 2-83 to 2-84
Substitute, 2-84
Superscript, 2-84
Switch, 2-85
Transparent, 2-85
Underscore, 2-85
Unit Backspace, 2-86
Vertical Channnel Select, 2-86 to 2-87
Vertical Tab, 2-87
Word Underscore, 2-87 to 2-88
Xerox Transparent, 2-88
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INDEX
configuration, 1-13
coax, 7-1 to 7-4
twinax, 7-11 to 7-14
conventions
Caution, 1-4
note, 1-3
WARNING, 1-4
Create translate table, 3-31
D
Data Monitor mode, 3-25 to 3-26
data stream commands, see commands, SCS and
DCA
DCA commands comparison table, 2-21 to 2-23
defaults, see set defaults
Default Tray Orientation, 3-54 to 3-55
Delete translate table, 3-31
document samples, see sample documents
downloading fonts and graphics, 4-1 to 4-8
DSC characters, 3-8
DSC/DSE
control codes, 2-2
Carriage Return, 2-4
End of Message, 2-4
Form Feed, 2-4
New Line, 2-5
Null, 2-5
Stop, 2-5
options
Automatic Form Feed at End of Print Buffer,
3-73 to 3-74
Case, 3-61
Buffer Size, 3-61 to 3-62
Carriage Return at Maximum Print Position
+ 1, 3-66 to 3-67
Form Feed After Local Copy, 3-64 to 3-65
Form Feed at End of Print Buffer, 3-72 to
3-73
Form Feed Before Local Copy, 3-64 to 3-65
Form Feed Valid, 3-70
Form Feed Within the Print Buffer,
3-69 to 3-70
Generate New Line on Receipt of EM, 3-62
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
New Line at Maximum Print Position +1,
3-68 to 3-69
Null Suppression, 3-65 to 3-66
DSE options, see DSC/DSE options
E
EBCDIC
DSC mode, 3-8
SNA mode, 3-6
Eight Ones, 2-30 to 2-31
emulated printers
coax, 1-6 to 1-9
twinax, 1-9 to 1-13
Enable Presentation, 2-31
End Emphasis, 2-31 to 2-32
End of Message, 2-4
End Overstrike, 2-32
End Underscore, 2-33
error
categories, 6-1 to 6-2
handling, 2-1, 6-1 to 6-2
types, IBM, 6-1 to 6-2
Escape character code, 2-33
escape
character, interface, 3-17
sequence format, 3-17 to 3-18
Expanded Space—Numeric Space, 2-34
F
fixed pitch fonts, 5-1
fonts, 5-2 to 5-4
4045 Model 20 compatibility, 4-2 to 4-3
IDATA compatibility, 4-3 to 4-5
fixed pitch, 5-1
proportionally spaced, 5-1
resident in XCTO, 5-1
typographic, 5-1
font
selections
IBM, 5-2 to 5-4
XCTO, 5-6 to 5-8
support, 5-1 to 5-2
INDEX-3
INDEX
format of escape sequences, 3-17 to 3-18
Form Feed
3270/DSC/DSE 2-4
SCS and DCA, 2-34
Form Feed After Local Copy, 3-64 to 3-65
Form Feed at End of Print Buffer, 3-72 to 3-73
Form Feed, Automatic at End of Print Buffer,
3-73 to 3-74
Form Feed Before Local Copy, 3-64 to 3-65
Form Feed Usage, 3-49
Form Feed Valid, 3-70 to 3-71
Form Feed Within the Print Buffer, 3-69 to 3-70
Full Special Feature mode, 3-13 to 3-18
G
Generate New Line on Receipt of EM, 3-62
Global Font Identifiers (GFID), 3-40 to 3-41,
5-3 to 5-6
command format, 3-40
deleting assignment, 3-41
graphic character sets, 5-10
Graphic Escape, 2-34
graphics
4045 Model 20 compatibility, 4-5 to 4-6
IDATA compatibility, 4-6 to 4-8
H
Horizontal Tab, 2-35
hosts supported
coax, 1-6
twinax, 1-6
I
IBM
error types, 6-1 to 6-2
font selection
DCA mode, 5-3
SCS mode, 5-2
IDATA
font compatibility, 4-3 to 4-6
graphic compatibility, 4-6 to 4-8
Indent Tab, 2-35 to 2-36
INDEX-4
Index Return, 2-36
Inhibit Presentation, 2-36
Interchange Record Separator, 2-37
interface escape character, 3-17
Intervention Request (IRQ) Timeout, 3-52
ISO 6937, 3-1 to 3-3
J
Justify Text Field, 2-37 to 2-39
L
language
character sets, 5-8
ID, 5-8 to 5-9
Left Binding Margin, 3-48
limitations
coax, 1-9
twinax, 1-12
line configurations
coax printers, 7-1 to 7-4
twinax printers, 7-11 to 7-14
Line Feed, 2-30
Lines Per Inch, 3-35
Line Spacing, 3-36
Load Alternate Characters, 2-31
Logical Page Size, 3-48 to 3-49
LU1
environment, 3-2
language, 3-37
LU3 environment, 3-3
M
margins
Left Binding, 3-48
Top Binding, 3-47 to 3-48
Maximum Print Position, 3-46
mode commands, 3-18
Filter mode, 3-20 to 3-21
Normal mode, 3-19
Transparency mode, 3-21 to 3-23
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INDEX
modes
Full Special Feature, 3-13 to 3-16
Rank Xerox Special Transparency,
3-11 to 3-12
special feature operation, 3-8
Translation, 3-1 to 3-8
ISO 6937, 3-3 to 3-5
EBCDIC (SNA), 3-6 to 3-7
EBCDIC (DSC), 3-8
Xerox Special Transparency, 3-9 to 3-10
Modify translate table, 3-32
Multibyte Transparency mode, 3-21 to 3-23
N
New Line
3270 DSC/DSE, 2-5
SCS and DCA, 2-40
New Line at Maximum Print Position +1,
3-66 to 3-67
normal characters, 3-3 to 3-8
Null
3270/DSC/DSE 2-5
SCS and DCA, 2-41
Null Suppression, 3-65
Numeric Backspace, 2-41
NVRAM, save to, 3-75
O
OCR
characters, 3-3 to 3-7
translate table
create, 3-31
delete, 3-31
modify, 3-32
select, 3-32
operating special features, see special feature
operation mode
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
P
page format options
Automatic New Line, 3-50
Automatic New Page, 3-49
Characters Per Inch, 3-44
Form Feed Usage, 3-49
Intervention Request (IRQ) Timeout, 3-52
Left Binding Margin, 3-48
Lines Per Inch, 3-43
Line Spacing, 3-44
LU1 language, 3-46
Maximum Print Position, 3-46
Page Length, 3-45
Suppress CRs/Spaces, 3-51
Top Binding Margin, 3-47
Page Length, 3-45
Page Orientation Algorithm, 3-55 to 3-58
page orientation options
Auto Page Orientation, 3-53
Default Tray Orientation, 3-54
Logical Page Size, 3-59 to 3-60
Page Orientation Algorithm, 3-55 to 3-58
Physical Page, 3-60
Tray Selection, 3-54
Page Presentation Media (coax), 2-42
Page Presentation Media (twinax), 2-44 to 2-45
physical page, 3-60
printers, coax, see coax printers
Print translate table, 3-30
proportionally spaced fonts, 5-1
R
Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode
related publications, 1-3
Relative Horizontal Presentation Position, 2-45
Relative Vertical Presentation Position, 2-46
Release Left Margin, 2-47
INDEX-5
INDEX
Repeat, 2-47
Required Form Feed, 2-48
Required New Line, 2-48
Required Space, 2-48
resident XCTO fonts, 5-1 to 5-6
RPMF, 3-1
S
sample documents
bar charts, 4-17 to 4-21
export form, 4-12 to 4-16
merged
form, 4-22 to 4-23
letter, 4-8 to 4-12
save to NVRAM, 3-75
SCS and DCA datastream commands
coax commands list, 2-10
common to coax and twinax, 2-9
format, 2-6 to 2-8
twinax commands list, 2-11 to 2-14
SCS
characters, 3-3 to 3-5
commands comparison list
coax, 2-15 to 2-17
twinax, 2-18 to 2-23
Select translate table, 3-25
Set Attribute, 2-49
Set Character Density, 2-50
Set Coded Graphic Character Set Through Local ID,
2-51
Set Exception Action, 2-52 to 2-54
Set FID Through GFID, 2-55
Set GCGID Through GCID, 2-56
Set Graphic Error Action (coax), 2-57
Set Graphic Error Action (twinax), 2-58
Set Horizontal Format (coax), 2-59 to 2-61
Set Horizontal Format (twinax), 2-61
Set Horizontal Margins, 2-62 to 2-63
Set Horizontal Tab, 2-63
INDEX-6
Set Indent Level, 2-65
Set Initial Conditions, 2-65
Set Justify Mode, 2-67 to 2-68
Set Line Density (coax), 2-70
Set Line Density (twinax), 2-71
Set Line Spacing, 2-72
Set Presentation Page Size, 2-73
Set Print Density, 2-74
Set Printer Setup, 2-75
Set Single Line Distance, 2-76
Set Text Orientation (coax), 2-77
Set Text Orientation (twinax), 2-78
Set Vertical Format (coax), 2-79 to 2-81
Set Vertical Format (twinax), 2-81
Set Vertical Margins, 2-82
Single Byte Transparency mode, 3-24
SNA, see EBCDIC
Space, 2-83
Subscript, 2-83
Substitute, 2-84
Superscript, 2-84
Switch, 2-85
special feature operation modes, 3-8; see also
special features summary
Full Special Feature mode, 3-13 to 3-16
Rank Xerox Special Transparency mode, 3-11 to
3-12
Xerox Special Transparency mode, 3-9 to 3-10
special features summary
defaults
DSC/DSE options, 3-16
page orientation options, 3-16
saving, 3-16, 3-61
GFID cross reference table, 3-40
interface escape character, 3-17
mode change commands, 3-18
translate table options, 3-32
user-defined strings, 3-27
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
INDEX
Stop, 2-5
summary of special features, see special
features summary
Suppress CRs/Spaces, 3-51
sysgen samples, 7-4 to 7-5
JES/328X print facility parameters, 7-10
sample IO Gen for the 3274-non SNA
controller, 7-5
sample mode table entries for 3278-2 terminals
(by control unit type), 7-9
sample mode table entries for 3287 printers
all control units, 7-9
sample NCP Gen-GROUP, Line, PU and LU
definition—3274-61C, 7-6
sample NCP Gen-GROUP, Line, PU and LU
definition—3276-C, 7-8
sample VTAM parameter for local non-SNA
3270 terminal and printer, 7-5
sample VTAM parameter for local SNA 3270
terminal and printer, 7-6
T
Top Binding Margin, 3-47
translate table commands, 3-30
APL, 3-34 to 3-36
command summary, 3-30
create translate table, 3-31
delete translate table, 3-31
modify translate table, 3-32 to 3-33
OCR, 3-36 to 3-39
print translate table, 3-31
select translate table, 3-32
Transparency mode, see also Xerox Special
Transparency mode and Rank Xerox Special
Transparency mode
Multibyte Transparency mode, 3-21 to 3-24
Single Byte Transparency mode, 3-24
Transparent, 2-85
XEROX COAX/TWINAX OPTION (XCTO) PROGRAMMER REFERENCE
Tray Selection, 3-54
typographic fonts, 5-1
twinax
hosts, 1-4
limitations, 1-9
printers, 1-4
IBM 5219, 1-10
IBM 5224, 1-10
IBM 5225, 1-10
IBM 5256, 1-11
IBM 3812/3816, 1-11
IBM 4245, 1-11
IBM 5262, 1-12
IBM 6262, 1-12
U
Underscore, 2-85
Unit Backspace, 2-86
user-defined strings
command summary, 3-27
download, 3-28
recall, 3-29
V
Vertical Channel Select, 2-86
Vertical Tab, 2-87
W
Word Underscore, 2-87
X
X‘06’ and X‘07’ codes, 2-6
XCTO font selection, 5-6 to 5-8
XDGI/XPPI, 3-1
Xerox Special Transparency mode, 3-9 to 3-10
Xerox Transparent, 2-88
XICS, 3-1
XPAF, 3-1
INDEX-7